CA2191586A1 - Methods for selectively stimulating proliferation of t cells - Google Patents
Methods for selectively stimulating proliferation of t cellsInfo
- Publication number
- CA2191586A1 CA2191586A1 CA002191586A CA2191586A CA2191586A1 CA 2191586 A1 CA2191586 A1 CA 2191586A1 CA 002191586 A CA002191586 A CA 002191586A CA 2191586 A CA2191586 A CA 2191586A CA 2191586 A1 CA2191586 A1 CA 2191586A1
- Authority
- CA
- Canada
- Prior art keywords
- cells
- antibody
- population
- cell
- xaa4
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 210000001744 T-lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 title claims abstract description 320
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 127
- 230000035755 proliferation Effects 0.000 title claims abstract description 23
- 230000004936 stimulating effect Effects 0.000 title claims abstract description 21
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 claims abstract description 207
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 39
- 230000006052 T cell proliferation Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 6
- 230000003213 activating effect Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 6
- 230000001939 inductive effect Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 4
- 239000000427 antigen Substances 0.000 claims description 63
- 108091007433 antigens Proteins 0.000 claims description 63
- 102000036639 antigens Human genes 0.000 claims description 63
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 claims description 46
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 claims description 33
- 102100037904 CD9 antigen Human genes 0.000 claims description 28
- 210000001266 CD8-positive T-lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 claims description 19
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 claims description 19
- 210000004408 hybridoma Anatomy 0.000 claims description 17
- 210000005259 peripheral blood Anatomy 0.000 claims description 17
- 239000011886 peripheral blood Substances 0.000 claims description 17
- 125000000539 amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 13
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 claims description 12
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 claims description 10
- 210000000265 leukocyte Anatomy 0.000 claims description 10
- 108010077673 Tetraspanin 29 Proteins 0.000 claims description 8
- 239000012190 activator Substances 0.000 claims description 8
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 claims description 7
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 claims description 7
- 238000012544 monitoring process Methods 0.000 claims description 7
- 239000007790 solid phase Substances 0.000 claims description 6
- 108090000315 Protein Kinase C Proteins 0.000 claims description 5
- 102000003923 Protein Kinase C Human genes 0.000 claims description 5
- 239000003710 calcium ionophore Substances 0.000 claims description 4
- CJAONIOAQZUHPN-KKLWWLSJSA-N ethyl 12-[[2-[(2r,3r)-3-[2-[(12-ethoxy-12-oxododecyl)-methylamino]-2-oxoethoxy]butan-2-yl]oxyacetyl]-methylamino]dodecanoate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCN(C)C(=O)CO[C@H](C)[C@@H](C)OCC(=O)N(C)CCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC CJAONIOAQZUHPN-KKLWWLSJSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000003275 alpha amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 claims 5
- 210000003171 tumor-infiltrating lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 claims 2
- 230000002463 transducing effect Effects 0.000 claims 1
- 101000914514 Homo sapiens T-cell-specific surface glycoprotein CD28 Proteins 0.000 abstract description 72
- 102100027213 T-cell-specific surface glycoprotein CD28 Human genes 0.000 abstract description 71
- 108091008874 T cell receptors Proteins 0.000 abstract description 18
- 102000016266 T-Cell Antigen Receptors Human genes 0.000 abstract description 18
- 239000003102 growth factor Substances 0.000 abstract description 7
- 102000018697 Membrane Proteins Human genes 0.000 abstract description 6
- 108010052285 Membrane Proteins Proteins 0.000 abstract description 6
- 230000006044 T cell activation Effects 0.000 abstract description 6
- 238000003745 diagnosis Methods 0.000 abstract 1
- 238000009169 immunotherapy Methods 0.000 abstract 1
- 102100036011 T-cell surface glycoprotein CD4 Human genes 0.000 description 63
- 102000000588 Interleukin-2 Human genes 0.000 description 44
- 108010002350 Interleukin-2 Proteins 0.000 description 44
- 230000000638 stimulation Effects 0.000 description 43
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 40
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 33
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 33
- 108020004414 DNA Proteins 0.000 description 26
- 238000009739 binding Methods 0.000 description 25
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical group 0.000 description 23
- 230000014509 gene expression Effects 0.000 description 21
- 101000738354 Homo sapiens CD9 antigen Proteins 0.000 description 20
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 18
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 18
- 102100034922 T-cell surface glycoprotein CD8 alpha chain Human genes 0.000 description 17
- 235000001014 amino acid Nutrition 0.000 description 16
- 230000012010 growth Effects 0.000 description 16
- 230000004913 activation Effects 0.000 description 14
- 239000002299 complementary DNA Substances 0.000 description 14
- 239000002953 phosphate buffered saline Substances 0.000 description 14
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 description 13
- 108091032973 (ribonucleotides)n+m Proteins 0.000 description 11
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 11
- 230000010261 cell growth Effects 0.000 description 11
- 208000015181 infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 11
- 102000004127 Cytokines Human genes 0.000 description 10
- 108090000695 Cytokines Proteins 0.000 description 10
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 102100039620 Granulocyte-macrophage colony-stimulating factor Human genes 0.000 description 10
- 239000011324 bead Substances 0.000 description 10
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 10
- 230000005291 magnetic effect Effects 0.000 description 10
- 239000002609 medium Substances 0.000 description 10
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 10
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 description 10
- 108020003175 receptors Proteins 0.000 description 10
- 102000005962 receptors Human genes 0.000 description 10
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N EDTA Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 208000031886 HIV Infections Diseases 0.000 description 9
- 208000037357 HIV infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 9
- 101000917858 Homo sapiens Low affinity immunoglobulin gamma Fc region receptor III-A Proteins 0.000 description 9
- 101000917839 Homo sapiens Low affinity immunoglobulin gamma Fc region receptor III-B Proteins 0.000 description 9
- 102100029185 Low affinity immunoglobulin gamma Fc region receptor III-B Human genes 0.000 description 9
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 description 9
- 208000033519 human immunodeficiency virus infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 9
- PGHMRUGBZOYCAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N ionomycin Natural products O1C(CC(O)C(C)C(O)C(C)C=CCC(C)CC(C)C(O)=CC(=O)C(C)CC(C)CC(CCC(O)=O)C)CCC1(C)C1OC(C)(C(C)O)CC1 PGHMRUGBZOYCAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- PGHMRUGBZOYCAA-ADZNBVRBSA-N ionomycin Chemical compound O1[C@H](C[C@H](O)[C@H](C)[C@H](O)[C@H](C)/C=C/C[C@@H](C)C[C@@H](C)C(/O)=C/C(=O)[C@@H](C)C[C@@H](C)C[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C)CC[C@@]1(C)[C@@H]1O[C@](C)([C@@H](C)O)CC1 PGHMRUGBZOYCAA-ADZNBVRBSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 238000012216 screening Methods 0.000 description 9
- 108091003079 Bovine Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 8
- 241000283707 Capra Species 0.000 description 8
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chloroform Chemical compound ClC(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 102000006354 HLA-DR Antigens Human genes 0.000 description 8
- 108010058597 HLA-DR Antigens Proteins 0.000 description 8
- 101000889276 Homo sapiens Cytotoxic T-lymphocyte protein 4 Proteins 0.000 description 8
- 101000946889 Homo sapiens Monocyte differentiation antigen CD14 Proteins 0.000 description 8
- 102100035877 Monocyte differentiation antigen CD14 Human genes 0.000 description 8
- 239000007983 Tris buffer Substances 0.000 description 8
- PHTQWCKDNZKARW-UHFFFAOYSA-N isoamylol Chemical compound CC(C)CCO PHTQWCKDNZKARW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 8
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 8
- LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tris Chemical compound OCC(N)(CO)CO LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 102100022005 B-lymphocyte antigen CD20 Human genes 0.000 description 7
- 239000012981 Hank's balanced salt solution Substances 0.000 description 7
- 101000897405 Homo sapiens B-lymphocyte antigen CD20 Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 101000934346 Homo sapiens T-cell surface antigen CD2 Proteins 0.000 description 7
- OUYCCCASQSFEME-QMMMGPOBSA-N L-tyrosine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 OUYCCCASQSFEME-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 102000007079 Peptide Fragments Human genes 0.000 description 7
- 108010033276 Peptide Fragments Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 206010035226 Plasma cell myeloma Diseases 0.000 description 7
- 102100025237 T-cell surface antigen CD2 Human genes 0.000 description 7
- 108700012920 TNF Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 241000700605 Viruses Species 0.000 description 7
- 239000002671 adjuvant Substances 0.000 description 7
- 210000000612 antigen-presenting cell Anatomy 0.000 description 7
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 201000000050 myeloid neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 7
- 238000002823 phage display Methods 0.000 description 7
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 7
- 230000009257 reactivity Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000002441 reversible effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000012413 Fluorescence activated cell sorting analysis Methods 0.000 description 6
- 241000699666 Mus <mouse, genus> Species 0.000 description 6
- 108091034057 RNA (poly(A)) Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000012737 fresh medium Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000007774 longterm Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000008188 pellet Substances 0.000 description 6
- 210000002966 serum Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 238000010561 standard procedure Methods 0.000 description 6
- OUYCCCASQSFEME-UHFFFAOYSA-N tyrosine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 OUYCCCASQSFEME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 238000002965 ELISA Methods 0.000 description 5
- 102000004388 Interleukin-4 Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 108090000978 Interleukin-4 Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 description 5
- 108060008682 Tumor Necrosis Factor Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 239000011575 calcium Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229910052791 calcium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 238000004113 cell culture Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000004927 fusion Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 210000003819 peripheral blood mononuclear cell Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 239000013612 plasmid Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000000284 resting effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000013598 vector Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000003612 virological effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 101100454808 Caenorhabditis elegans lgg-2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 102100039498 Cytotoxic T-lymphocyte protein 4 Human genes 0.000 description 4
- GMAGZGCAYLQBKF-NHCYSSNCSA-N Glu-Met-Val Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCSC)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(O)=O GMAGZGCAYLQBKF-NHCYSSNCSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 108010021625 Immunoglobulin Fragments Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 102000008394 Immunoglobulin Fragments Human genes 0.000 description 4
- -1 Iysine Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 241000699670 Mus sp. Species 0.000 description 4
- ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenol Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1 ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000005867 T cell response Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 4
- 210000003719 b-lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 4
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000010367 cloning Methods 0.000 description 4
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000012894 fetal calf serum Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000001963 growth medium Substances 0.000 description 4
- 102000043321 human CTLA4 Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 230000028993 immune response Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000002955 isolation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000011777 magnesium Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229910052749 magnesium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 239000006249 magnetic particle Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000037361 pathway Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000003248 secreting effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000028327 secretion Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000010186 staining Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 4
- 108010080629 tryptophan-leucine Proteins 0.000 description 4
- QGVLYPPODPLXMB-UBTYZVCOSA-N (1aR,1bS,4aR,7aS,7bS,8R,9R,9aS)-4a,7b,9,9a-tetrahydroxy-3-(hydroxymethyl)-1,1,6,8-tetramethyl-1,1a,1b,4,4a,7a,7b,8,9,9a-decahydro-5H-cyclopropa[3,4]benzo[1,2-e]azulen-5-one Chemical compound C1=C(CO)C[C@]2(O)C(=O)C(C)=C[C@H]2[C@@]2(O)[C@H](C)[C@@H](O)[C@@]3(O)C(C)(C)[C@H]3[C@@H]21 QGVLYPPODPLXMB-UBTYZVCOSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 206010003445 Ascites Diseases 0.000 description 3
- OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium Chemical compound [Ca] OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- CEAZRRDELHUEMR-URQXQFDESA-N Gentamicin Chemical compound O1[C@H](C(C)NC)CC[C@@H](N)[C@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O[C@@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](NC)[C@@](C)(O)CO2)O)[C@H](N)C[C@@H]1N CEAZRRDELHUEMR-URQXQFDESA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229930182566 Gentamicin Natural products 0.000 description 3
- 108010048209 Human Immunodeficiency Virus Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000001706 Immunoglobulin Fab Fragments Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010054477 Immunoglobulin Fab Fragments Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000017727 Immunoglobulin Variable Region Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010067060 Immunoglobulin Variable Region Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 241000699660 Mus musculus Species 0.000 description 3
- 241000283973 Oryctolagus cuniculus Species 0.000 description 3
- 239000012980 RPMI-1640 medium Substances 0.000 description 3
- 241000700159 Rattus Species 0.000 description 3
- 108010071390 Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000007562 Serum Albumin Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 230000000890 antigenic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000000903 blocking effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229940098773 bovine serum albumin Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 239000002458 cell surface marker Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- SUYVUBYJARFZHO-RRKCRQDMSA-N dATP Chemical compound C1=NC=2C(N)=NC=NC=2N1[C@H]1C[C@H](O)[C@@H](COP(O)(=O)OP(O)(=O)OP(O)(O)=O)O1 SUYVUBYJARFZHO-RRKCRQDMSA-N 0.000 description 3
- SUYVUBYJARFZHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N dATP Natural products C1=NC=2C(N)=NC=NC=2N1C1CC(O)C(COP(O)(=O)OP(O)(=O)OP(O)(O)=O)O1 SUYVUBYJARFZHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- RGWHQCVHVJXOKC-SHYZEUOFSA-J dCTP(4-) Chemical compound O=C1N=C(N)C=CN1[C@@H]1O[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OP([O-])(=O)OP([O-])([O-])=O)[C@@H](O)C1 RGWHQCVHVJXOKC-SHYZEUOFSA-J 0.000 description 3
- HAAZLUGHYHWQIW-KVQBGUIXSA-N dGTP Chemical compound C1=NC=2C(=O)NC(N)=NC=2N1[C@H]1C[C@H](O)[C@@H](COP(O)(=O)OP(O)(=O)OP(O)(O)=O)O1 HAAZLUGHYHWQIW-KVQBGUIXSA-N 0.000 description 3
- NHVNXKFIZYSCEB-XLPZGREQSA-N dTTP Chemical compound O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1[C@@H]1O[C@H](COP(O)(=O)OP(O)(=O)OP(O)(O)=O)[C@@H](O)C1 NHVNXKFIZYSCEB-XLPZGREQSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229960002518 gentamicin Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 3
- 210000004379 membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 210000003071 memory t lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 238000011580 nude mouse model Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 3
- 244000052769 pathogen Species 0.000 description 3
- 230000001717 pathogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- QGVLYPPODPLXMB-QXYKVGAMSA-N phorbol Natural products C[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@]2(O)[C@H]([C@H]3C=C(CO)C[C@@]4(O)[C@H](C=C(C)C4=O)[C@@]13O)C2(C)C QGVLYPPODPLXMB-QXYKVGAMSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000000644 propagated effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000010076 replication Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229940016590 sarkosyl Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 108700004121 sarkosyl Proteins 0.000 description 3
- KSAVQLQVUXSOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium lauroyl sarcosinate Chemical compound [Na+].CCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)N(C)CC([O-])=O KSAVQLQVUXSOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 3
- 210000000952 spleen Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 210000004989 spleen cell Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 239000006228 supernatant Substances 0.000 description 3
- 102000003390 tumor necrosis factor Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 230000009385 viral infection Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000003442 weekly effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- JKMHFZQWWAIEOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[4-(2-hydroxyethyl)piperazin-1-yl]ethanesulfonic acid Chemical compound OCC[NH+]1CCN(CCS([O-])(=O)=O)CC1 JKMHFZQWWAIEOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- TWJNQYPJQDRXPH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-cyanobenzohydrazide Chemical compound NNC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C#N TWJNQYPJQDRXPH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M Acetate Chemical compound CC([O-])=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- USFZMSVCRYTOJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonium acetate Chemical compound N.CC(O)=O USFZMSVCRYTOJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000005695 Ammonium acetate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 102000010910 CD28 Antigens Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010062433 CD28 Antigens Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101100506090 Caenorhabditis elegans hil-2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000053642 Catalytic RNA Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090000994 Catalytic RNA Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000000844 Cell Surface Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010001857 Cell Surface Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 208000035473 Communicable disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 102100032768 Complement receptor type 2 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 239000004971 Cross linker Substances 0.000 description 2
- 102000053602 DNA Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 102000012410 DNA Ligases Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010061982 DNA Ligases Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000016607 Diphtheria Toxin Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010053187 Diphtheria Toxin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000588724 Escherichia coli Species 0.000 description 2
- LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCO LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SWQALSGKVLYKDT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Gly-Ile-Ala Natural products NCC(=O)NC(C(C)CC)C(=O)NC(C)C(O)=O SWQALSGKVLYKDT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 2
- 101000941929 Homo sapiens Complement receptor type 2 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101000746373 Homo sapiens Granulocyte-macrophage colony-stimulating factor Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101000914484 Homo sapiens T-lymphocyte activation antigen CD80 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- IBMVEYRWAWIOTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N L-Leucyl-L-Arginyl-L-Proline Natural products CC(C)CC(N)C(=O)NC(CCCN=C(N)N)C(=O)N1CCCC1C(O)=O IBMVEYRWAWIOTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-VKHMYHEASA-N L-glutamine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(N)=O ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229930182816 L-glutamine Natural products 0.000 description 2
- SENJXOPIZNYLHU-UHFFFAOYSA-N L-leucyl-L-arginine Natural products CC(C)CC(N)C(=O)NC(C(O)=O)CCCN=C(N)N SENJXOPIZNYLHU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OVIVOCSURJYCTM-GUBZILKMSA-N Lys-Asp-Glu Chemical compound NCCCC[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@H](C(O)=O)CCC(O)=O OVIVOCSURJYCTM-GUBZILKMSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Magnesium Chemical compound [Mg] FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- TUNFSRHWOTWDNC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Myristic acid Natural products CCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O TUNFSRHWOTWDNC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000021360 Myristic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 102000038030 PI3Ks Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108091007960 PI3Ks Proteins 0.000 description 2
- XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-M Propionate Chemical compound CCC([O-])=O XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 108010076504 Protein Sorting Signals Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000004022 Protein-Tyrosine Kinases Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090000412 Protein-Tyrosine Kinases Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 238000012300 Sequence Analysis Methods 0.000 description 2
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 102100027222 T-lymphocyte activation antigen CD80 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- LYMVXFSTACVOLP-ZFWWWQNUSA-N Trp-Leu Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(C[C@H]([NH3+])C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C([O-])=O)=CNC2=C1 LYMVXFSTACVOLP-ZFWWWQNUSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CCZXBOFIBYQLEV-IHPCNDPISA-N Trp-Leu-Leu Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)Cc1c[nH]c2ccccc12)C(O)=O CCZXBOFIBYQLEV-IHPCNDPISA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102100040247 Tumor necrosis factor Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 208000036142 Viral infection Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 229960004150 aciclovir Drugs 0.000 description 2
- MKUXAQIIEYXACX-UHFFFAOYSA-N aciclovir Chemical compound N1C(N)=NC(=O)C2=C1N(COCCO)C=N2 MKUXAQIIEYXACX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000013019 agitation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229940037003 alum Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229940043376 ammonium acetate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000019257 ammonium acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 210000000628 antibody-producing cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 150000001540 azides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 210000001185 bone marrow Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 229960005520 bryostatin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- MJQUEDHRCUIRLF-TVIXENOKSA-N bryostatin 1 Chemical compound C([C@@H]1CC(/[C@@H]([C@@](C(C)(C)/C=C/2)(O)O1)OC(=O)/C=C/C=C/CCC)=C\C(=O)OC)[C@H]([C@@H](C)O)OC(=O)C[C@H](O)C[C@@H](O1)C[C@H](OC(C)=O)C(C)(C)[C@]1(O)C[C@@H]1C\C(=C\C(=O)OC)C[C@H]\2O1 MJQUEDHRCUIRLF-TVIXENOKSA-N 0.000 description 2
- MUIWQCKLQMOUAT-AKUNNTHJSA-N bryostatin 20 Natural products COC(=O)C=C1C[C@@]2(C)C[C@]3(O)O[C@](C)(C[C@@H](O)CC(=O)O[C@](C)(C[C@@]4(C)O[C@](O)(CC5=CC(=O)O[C@]45C)C(C)(C)C=C[C@@](C)(C1)O2)[C@@H](C)O)C[C@H](OC(=O)C(C)(C)C)C3(C)C MUIWQCKLQMOUAT-AKUNNTHJSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 2
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000004970 cd4 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003431 cross linking reagent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000012136 culture method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000012228 culture supernatant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003599 detergent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000010790 dilution Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000012895 dilution Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000013604 expression vector Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000000684 flow cytometry Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 108010027668 glycyl-alanyl-valine Proteins 0.000 description 2
- JCYWCSGERIELPG-UHFFFAOYSA-N imes Chemical compound CC1=CC(C)=CC(C)=C1N1C=CN(C=2C(=CC(C)=CC=2C)C)[C]1 JCYWCSGERIELPG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 2
- CDAISMWEOUEBRE-GPIVLXJGSA-N inositol Chemical group O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H]1O CDAISMWEOUEBRE-GPIVLXJGSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010000761 leucylarginine Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108020004999 messenger RNA Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 230000002297 mitogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000001616 monocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000004091 panning Methods 0.000 description 2
- PHEDXBVPIONUQT-RGYGYFBISA-N phorbol 13-acetate 12-myristate Chemical compound C([C@]1(O)C(=O)C(C)=C[C@H]1[C@@]1(O)[C@H](C)[C@H]2OC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCC)C(CO)=C[C@H]1[C@H]1[C@]2(OC(C)=O)C1(C)C PHEDXBVPIONUQT-RGYGYFBISA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920001308 poly(aminoacid) Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920001184 polypeptide Polymers 0.000 description 2
- XOJVVFBFDXDTEG-UHFFFAOYSA-N pristane Chemical compound CC(C)CCCC(C)CCCC(C)CCCC(C)C XOJVVFBFDXDTEG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108091092562 ribozyme Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 230000000392 somatic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- UCSJYZPVAKXKNQ-HZYVHMACSA-N streptomycin Chemical compound CN[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@](C=O)(O)[C@H](C)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](NC(N)=N)[C@H](O)[C@@H](NC(N)=N)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O UCSJYZPVAKXKNQ-HZYVHMACSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000002459 sustained effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001052 transient effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000004881 tumor cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000029812 viral genome replication Effects 0.000 description 2
- JWDFQMWEFLOOED-UHFFFAOYSA-N (2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl) 3-(pyridin-2-yldisulfanyl)propanoate Chemical compound O=C1CCC(=O)N1OC(=O)CCSSC1=CC=CC=N1 JWDFQMWEFLOOED-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BQWBEDSJTMWJAE-UHFFFAOYSA-N (2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl) 4-[(2-iodoacetyl)amino]benzoate Chemical compound C1=CC(NC(=O)CI)=CC=C1C(=O)ON1C(=O)CCC1=O BQWBEDSJTMWJAE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GKSPIZSKQWTXQG-UHFFFAOYSA-N (2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl) 4-[1-(pyridin-2-yldisulfanyl)ethyl]benzoate Chemical compound C=1C=C(C(=O)ON2C(CCC2=O)=O)C=CC=1C(C)SSC1=CC=CC=N1 GKSPIZSKQWTXQG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PMJWDPGOWBRILU-UHFFFAOYSA-N (2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl) 4-[4-(2,5-dioxopyrrol-1-yl)phenyl]butanoate Chemical compound O=C1CCC(=O)N1OC(=O)CCCC(C=C1)=CC=C1N1C(=O)C=CC1=O PMJWDPGOWBRILU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QYEAAMBIUQLHFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N (2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl) 6-[3-(pyridin-2-yldisulfanyl)propanoylamino]hexanoate Chemical compound O=C1CCC(=O)N1OC(=O)CCCCCNC(=O)CCSSC1=CC=CC=N1 QYEAAMBIUQLHFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OGILYBDMVOATLU-CQJMVLFOSA-N (2s)-2-[[(2s)-2-amino-3-(4-hydroxyphenyl)propanoyl]amino]-n-[(2s)-1-[[(2s)-1-amino-1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl]amino]-4-methyl-1-oxopentan-2-yl]-4-methylpentanamide Chemical compound C([C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(N)=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 OGILYBDMVOATLU-CQJMVLFOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WEZDRVHTDXTVLT-GJZGRUSLSA-N 2-[[(2s)-2-[[(2s)-2-[(2-aminoacetyl)amino]-3-phenylpropanoyl]amino]-4-methylpentanoyl]amino]acetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)CN)CC1=CC=CC=C1 WEZDRVHTDXTVLT-GJZGRUSLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XMTQQYYKAHVGBJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(3,4-DICHLOROPHENYL)-1,1-DIMETHYLUREA Chemical compound CN(C)C(=O)NC1=CC=C(Cl)C(Cl)=C1 XMTQQYYKAHVGBJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HFGHRUCCKVYFKL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-ethoxy-2-piperazin-1-yl-7-pyridin-4-yl-5h-pyrimido[5,4-b]indole Chemical compound C1=C2NC=3C(OCC)=NC(N4CCNCC4)=NC=3C2=CC=C1C1=CC=NC=C1 HFGHRUCCKVYFKL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000030507 AIDS Diseases 0.000 description 1
- NYDBKUNVSALYPX-NAKRPEOUSA-N Ala-Ile-Arg Chemical compound C[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@H](C(O)=O)CCCN=C(N)N NYDBKUNVSALYPX-NAKRPEOUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DVJSJDDYCYSMFR-ZKWXMUAHSA-N Ala-Ile-Gly Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)NCC(O)=O DVJSJDDYCYSMFR-ZKWXMUAHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RZZMZYZXNJRPOJ-BJDJZHNGSA-N Ala-Ile-Lys Chemical compound CC[C@H](C)[C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)O)NC(=O)[C@H](C)N RZZMZYZXNJRPOJ-BJDJZHNGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QJABSQFUHKHTNP-SYWGBEHUSA-N Ala-Ile-Trp Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC1=CNC2=C1C=CC=C2)C(O)=O QJABSQFUHKHTNP-SYWGBEHUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OPZJWMJPCNNZNT-DCAQKATOSA-N Ala-Leu-Met Chemical compound C[C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCSC)C(=O)O)N OPZJWMJPCNNZNT-DCAQKATOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VHAQSYHSDKERBS-XPUUQOCRSA-N Ala-Val-Gly Chemical compound C[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)NCC(O)=O VHAQSYHSDKERBS-XPUUQOCRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000009027 Albumins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010088751 Albumins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000006306 Antigen Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010083359 Antigen Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- DPXDVGDLWJYZBH-GUBZILKMSA-N Arg-Asn-Arg Chemical compound NC(N)=NCCC[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCN=C(N)N)C(O)=O DPXDVGDLWJYZBH-GUBZILKMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NXDXECQFKHXHAM-HJGDQZAQSA-N Arg-Glu-Thr Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(O)=O NXDXECQFKHXHAM-HJGDQZAQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FKQITMVNILRUCQ-IHRRRGAJSA-N Arg-Phe-Asp Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC1=CC=CC=C1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(O)=O FKQITMVNILRUCQ-IHRRRGAJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004475 Arginine Substances 0.000 description 1
- ACRYGQFHAQHDSF-ZLUOBGJFSA-N Asn-Asn-Asn Chemical compound NC(=O)C[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(O)=O ACRYGQFHAQHDSF-ZLUOBGJFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RFLVTVBAESPKKR-ZLUOBGJFSA-N Asn-Cys-Cys Chemical compound N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(O)=O RFLVTVBAESPKKR-ZLUOBGJFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WXVGISRWSYGEDK-KKUMJFAQSA-N Asn-Lys-Phe Chemical compound C1=CC=C(C=C1)C[C@@H](C(=O)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCCN)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(=O)N)N WXVGISRWSYGEDK-KKUMJFAQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SNYCNNPOFYBCEK-ZLUOBGJFSA-N Asn-Ser-Ser Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(O)=O SNYCNNPOFYBCEK-ZLUOBGJFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HICVMZCGVFKTPM-BQBZGAKWSA-N Asp-Pro-Gly Chemical compound OC(=O)C[C@H](N)C(=O)N1CCC[C@H]1C(=O)NCC(O)=O HICVMZCGVFKTPM-BQBZGAKWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GIKOVDMXBAFXDF-NHCYSSNCSA-N Asp-Val-Leu Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(O)=O GIKOVDMXBAFXDF-NHCYSSNCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010035053 B7-1 Antigen Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000038504 B7-1 Antigen Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000894006 Bacteria Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000004506 Blood Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010017384 Blood Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000283690 Bos taurus Species 0.000 description 1
- FERIUCNNQQJTOY-UHFFFAOYSA-M Butyrate Chemical compound CCCC([O-])=O FERIUCNNQQJTOY-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- FERIUCNNQQJTOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Butyric acid Natural products CCCC(O)=O FERIUCNNQQJTOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102100025222 CD63 antigen Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100033620 Calponin-1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000282472 Canis lupus familiaris Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000014914 Carrier Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010078791 Carrier Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101710098119 Chaperonin GroEL 2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010071942 Colony-Stimulating Factors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000699802 Cricetulus griseus Species 0.000 description 1
- 101710084687 Cyclin-dependent kinase 2 homolog Proteins 0.000 description 1
- KCSDYJSCUWLILX-BJDJZHNGSA-N Cys-Ile-Lys Chemical compound CC[C@H](C)[C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CS)N KCSDYJSCUWLILX-BJDJZHNGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000004594 DNA Polymerase I Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010017826 DNA Polymerase I Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000006820 DNA synthesis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920002307 Dextran Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 101100289061 Drosophila melanogaster lili gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000012983 Dulbecco’s minimal essential medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006144 Dulbecco’s modified Eagle's medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012286 ELISA Assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 101100001676 Emericella variicolor andK gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000282326 Felis catus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000233866 Fungi Species 0.000 description 1
- 210000000712 G cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 102000030782 GTP binding Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091000058 GTP-Binding Proteins 0.000 description 1
- APWLZZSLCXLDCF-CIUDSAMLSA-N Gln-Cys-Met Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCSC)C(O)=O APWLZZSLCXLDCF-CIUDSAMLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZNZPKVQURDQFFS-FXQIFTODSA-N Gln-Glu-Ser Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(O)=O ZNZPKVQURDQFFS-FXQIFTODSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000006395 Globulins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010044091 Globulins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- RFDHKPSHTXZKLL-IHRRRGAJSA-N Glu-Gln-Phe Chemical compound C1=CC=C(C=C1)C[C@@H](C(=O)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(=O)N)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(=O)O)N RFDHKPSHTXZKLL-IHRRRGAJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZWABFSSWTSAMQN-KBIXCLLPSA-N Glu-Ile-Ala Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(O)=O ZWABFSSWTSAMQN-KBIXCLLPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MIIGESVJEBDJMP-FHWLQOOXSA-N Glu-Phe-Tyr Chemical compound C([C@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)C(O)=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 MIIGESVJEBDJMP-FHWLQOOXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YQAQQKPWFOBSMU-WDCWCFNPSA-N Glu-Thr-Leu Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(O)=O YQAQQKPWFOBSMU-WDCWCFNPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CQGBSALYGOXQPE-HTUGSXCWSA-N Glu-Thr-Phe Chemical compound C[C@H]([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CC1=CC=CC=C1)C(=O)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(=O)O)N)O CQGBSALYGOXQPE-HTUGSXCWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YQPFCZVKMUVZIN-AUTRQRHGSA-N Glu-Val-Gln Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(O)=O YQPFCZVKMUVZIN-AUTRQRHGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FVGOGEGGQLNZGH-DZKIICNBSA-N Glu-Val-Phe Chemical compound OC(=O)CC[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@H](C(O)=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 FVGOGEGGQLNZGH-DZKIICNBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UGVQELHRNUDMAA-BYPYZUCNSA-N Gly-Ala-Gly Chemical compound [NH3+]CC(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)NCC([O-])=O UGVQELHRNUDMAA-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JRDYDYXZKFNNRQ-XPUUQOCRSA-N Gly-Ala-Val Chemical compound CC(C)[C@@H](C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)CN JRDYDYXZKFNNRQ-XPUUQOCRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UQJNXZSSGQIPIQ-FBCQKBJTSA-N Gly-Gly-Thr Chemical compound C[C@@H](O)[C@@H](C(O)=O)NC(=O)CNC(=O)CN UQJNXZSSGQIPIQ-FBCQKBJTSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OLPPXYMMIARYAL-QMMMGPOBSA-N Gly-Gly-Val Chemical compound CC(C)[C@@H](C(O)=O)NC(=O)CNC(=O)CN OLPPXYMMIARYAL-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SWQALSGKVLYKDT-ZKWXMUAHSA-N Gly-Ile-Ala Chemical compound NCC(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(O)=O SWQALSGKVLYKDT-ZKWXMUAHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UYPPAMNTTMJHJW-KCTSRDHCSA-N Gly-Ile-Trp Chemical compound [H]NCC(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC1=CNC2=C1C=CC=C2)C(O)=O UYPPAMNTTMJHJW-KCTSRDHCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PAWIVEIWWYGBAM-YUMQZZPRSA-N Gly-Leu-Ala Chemical compound NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(O)=O PAWIVEIWWYGBAM-YUMQZZPRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JPAACTMBBBGAAR-HOTGVXAUSA-N Gly-Leu-Trp Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(C[C@H](NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)CN)CC(C)C)C(O)=O)=CNC2=C1 JPAACTMBBBGAAR-HOTGVXAUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MTBIKIMYHUWBRX-QWRGUYRKSA-N Gly-Phe-Asn Chemical compound C1=CC=C(C=C1)C[C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(=O)N)C(=O)O)NC(=O)CN MTBIKIMYHUWBRX-QWRGUYRKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010009504 Gly-Phe-Leu-Gly Proteins 0.000 description 1
- IZVICCORZOSGPT-JSGCOSHPSA-N Gly-Val-Tyr Chemical compound [H]NCC(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1)C(O)=O IZVICCORZOSGPT-JSGCOSHPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000230533 Gulo gulo Species 0.000 description 1
- JBCLFWXMTIKCCB-UHFFFAOYSA-N H-Gly-Phe-OH Natural products NCC(=O)NC(C(O)=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 JBCLFWXMTIKCCB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000007995 HEPES buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- MCAHMSDENAOJFZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Herbimycin A Natural products N1C(=O)C(C)=CC=CC(OC)C(OC(N)=O)C(C)=CC(C)C(OC)C(OC)CC(C)C(OC)C2=CC(=O)C=C1C2=O MCAHMSDENAOJFZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SQUHHTBVTRBESD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hexa-Ac-myo-Inositol Natural products CC(=O)OC1C(OC(C)=O)C(OC(C)=O)C(OC(C)=O)C(OC(C)=O)C1OC(C)=O SQUHHTBVTRBESD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MFQVZYSPCIZFMR-MGHWNKPDSA-N His-Ile-Phe Chemical compound CC[C@H](C)[C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CC1=CC=CC=C1)C(=O)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC2=CN=CN2)N MFQVZYSPCIZFMR-MGHWNKPDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JVEKQAYXFGIISZ-HOCLYGCPSA-N His-Trp-Gly Chemical compound C([C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)C(=O)NCC(O)=O)C1=CN=CN1 JVEKQAYXFGIISZ-HOCLYGCPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101100166600 Homo sapiens CD28 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000934368 Homo sapiens CD63 antigen Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101100061678 Homo sapiens CTLA4 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000945318 Homo sapiens Calponin-1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000777628 Homo sapiens Leukocyte antigen CD37 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000980823 Homo sapiens Leukocyte surface antigen CD53 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000738771 Homo sapiens Receptor-type tyrosine-protein phosphatase C Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000652736 Homo sapiens Transgelin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101150037084 IMMT gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- WEWCEPOYKANMGZ-MMWGEVLESA-N Ile-Cys-Pro Chemical compound CC[C@H](C)[C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)N1CCC[C@@H]1C(=O)O)N WEWCEPOYKANMGZ-MMWGEVLESA-N 0.000 description 1
- MQFGXJNSUJTXDT-QSFUFRPTSA-N Ile-Gly-Ile Chemical compound N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)O MQFGXJNSUJTXDT-QSFUFRPTSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YNMQUIVKEFRCPH-QSFUFRPTSA-N Ile-Ile-Gly Chemical compound CC[C@H](C)[C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)NCC(=O)O)N YNMQUIVKEFRCPH-QSFUFRPTSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GAZGFPOZOLEYAJ-YTFOTSKYSA-N Ile-Leu-Ile Chemical compound CC[C@H](C)[C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)O)N GAZGFPOZOLEYAJ-YTFOTSKYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UAELWXJFLZBKQS-WHOFXGATSA-N Ile-Phe-Gly Chemical compound CC[C@H](C)[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](Cc1ccccc1)C(=O)NCC(O)=O UAELWXJFLZBKQS-WHOFXGATSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RTSQPLLOYSGMKM-DSYPUSFNSA-N Ile-Trp-Leu Chemical compound CC[C@H](C)[C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CC1=CNC2=CC=CC=C21)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)O)N RTSQPLLOYSGMKM-DSYPUSFNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930010555 Inosine Natural products 0.000 description 1
- UGQMRVRMYYASKQ-KQYNXXCUSA-N Inosine Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1N1C2=NC=NC(O)=C2N=C1 UGQMRVRMYYASKQ-KQYNXXCUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KFKWRHQBZQICHA-STQMWFEESA-N L-leucyl-L-phenylalanine Natural products CC(C)C[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@H](C(O)=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 KFKWRHQBZQICHA-STQMWFEESA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108090001090 Lectins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004856 Lectins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- IBMVEYRWAWIOTN-RWMBFGLXSA-N Leu-Arg-Pro Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCN=C(N)N)C(=O)N1CCC[C@@H]1C(O)=O IBMVEYRWAWIOTN-RWMBFGLXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HYIFFZAQXPUEAU-QWRGUYRKSA-N Leu-Gly-Leu Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@H](N)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@H](C(O)=O)CC(C)C HYIFFZAQXPUEAU-QWRGUYRKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OVZLLFONXILPDZ-VOAKCMCISA-N Leu-Lys-Thr Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(O)=O OVZLLFONXILPDZ-VOAKCMCISA-N 0.000 description 1
- FPFOYSCDUWTZBF-IHPCNDPISA-N Leu-Trp-Leu Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(C[C@H](NC(=O)[C@@H]([NH3+])CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C([O-])=O)=CNC2=C1 FPFOYSCDUWTZBF-IHPCNDPISA-N 0.000 description 1
- FMFNIDICDKEMOE-XUXIUFHCSA-N Leu-Val-Ile Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(O)=O FMFNIDICDKEMOE-XUXIUFHCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102100031586 Leukocyte antigen CD37 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100024221 Leukocyte surface antigen CD53 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- NFLFJGGKOHYZJF-BJDJZHNGSA-N Lys-Ala-Ile Chemical compound CC[C@H](C)[C@@H](C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCCCN NFLFJGGKOHYZJF-BJDJZHNGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KWUKZRFFKPLUPE-HJGDQZAQSA-N Lys-Asp-Thr Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(O)=O KWUKZRFFKPLUPE-HJGDQZAQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JOSAKOKSPXROGQ-BJDJZHNGSA-N Lys-Ser-Ile Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(O)=O JOSAKOKSPXROGQ-BJDJZHNGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ORRNBLTZBBESPN-HJWJTTGWSA-N Met-Ile-Phe Chemical compound CSCC[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@H](C(O)=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 ORRNBLTZBBESPN-HJWJTTGWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- USBFEVBHEQBWDD-AVGNSLFASA-N Met-Leu-Val Chemical compound CSCC[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(O)=O USBFEVBHEQBWDD-AVGNSLFASA-N 0.000 description 1
- SITLTJHOQZFJGG-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-L-alpha-glutamyl-L-valine Natural products CC(C)C(C(O)=O)NC(=O)C(N)CCC(O)=O SITLTJHOQZFJGG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108091028043 Nucleic acid sequence Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010058846 Ovalbumin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000282320 Panthera leo Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000237988 Patellidae Species 0.000 description 1
- 229930182555 Penicillin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- JGSARLDLIJGVTE-MBNYWOFBSA-N Penicillin G Chemical compound N([C@H]1[C@H]2SC([C@@H](N2C1=O)C(O)=O)(C)C)C(=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 JGSARLDLIJGVTE-MBNYWOFBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108091005804 Peptidases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- DFEVBOYEUQJGER-JURCDPSOSA-N Phe-Ala-Ile Chemical compound N[C@@H](CC1=CC=CC=C1)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)O DFEVBOYEUQJGER-JURCDPSOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZBYHVSHBZYHQBW-SRVKXCTJSA-N Phe-Cys-Asp Chemical compound C1=CC=C(C=C1)C[C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(=O)O)C(=O)O)N ZBYHVSHBZYHQBW-SRVKXCTJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CDQCFGOQNYOICK-IHRRRGAJSA-N Phe-Glu-Gln Chemical compound NC(=O)CC[C@@H](C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 CDQCFGOQNYOICK-IHRRRGAJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BWTKUQPNOMMKMA-FIRPJDEBSA-N Phe-Ile-Phe Chemical compound C([C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(O)=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 BWTKUQPNOMMKMA-FIRPJDEBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IWZRODDWOSIXPZ-IRXDYDNUSA-N Phe-Phe-Gly Chemical compound C([C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(=O)NCC(O)=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 IWZRODDWOSIXPZ-IRXDYDNUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WKLMCMXFMQEKCX-SLFFLAALSA-N Phe-Phe-Pro Chemical compound C1C[C@@H](N(C1)C(=O)[C@H](CC2=CC=CC=C2)NC(=O)[C@H](CC3=CC=CC=C3)N)C(=O)O WKLMCMXFMQEKCX-SLFFLAALSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MHNBYYFXWDUGBW-RPTUDFQQSA-N Phe-Tyr-Thr Chemical compound C[C@H]([C@@H](C(=O)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC1=CC=C(C=C1)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC2=CC=CC=C2)N)O MHNBYYFXWDUGBW-RPTUDFQQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108091000080 Phosphotransferase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010089814 Plant Lectins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000276498 Pollachius virens Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010039918 Polylysine Proteins 0.000 description 1
- LSIWVWRUTKPXDS-DCAQKATOSA-N Pro-Gln-Arg Chemical compound [H]N1CCC[C@H]1C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(O)=O LSIWVWRUTKPXDS-DCAQKATOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IIRBTQHFVNGPMQ-AVGNSLFASA-N Pro-Val-Lys Chemical compound CC(C)[C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)O)NC(=O)[C@@H]1CCCN1 IIRBTQHFVNGPMQ-AVGNSLFASA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101150046467 Prorp gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000004365 Protease Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102100037422 Receptor-type tyrosine-protein phosphatase C Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091027981 Response element Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100037486 Reverse transcriptase/ribonuclease H Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000283984 Rodentia Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000220317 Rosa Species 0.000 description 1
- 229920002684 Sepharose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- RFBKULCUBJAQFT-BIIVOSGPSA-N Ser-Cys-Pro Chemical compound C1C[C@@H](N(C1)C(=O)[C@H](CS)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)N)C(=O)O RFBKULCUBJAQFT-BIIVOSGPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KJMOINFQVCCSDX-XKBZYTNZSA-N Ser-Gln-Thr Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(O)=O KJMOINFQVCCSDX-XKBZYTNZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JUTGONBTALQWMK-NAKRPEOUSA-N Ser-Met-Ile Chemical compound CC[C@H](C)[C@@H](C(=O)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCSC)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)N JUTGONBTALQWMK-NAKRPEOUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000700584 Simplexvirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 102220509221 Sphingosine 1-phosphate receptor 1_T80Q_mutation Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710172711 Structural protein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010034949 Thyroglobulin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000009843 Thyroglobulin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091027070 Trans-activation response element (TAR) Proteins 0.000 description 1
- CXPJPTFWKXNDKV-NUTKFTJISA-N Trp-Leu-Ala Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(C[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(O)=O)=CNC2=C1 CXPJPTFWKXNDKV-NUTKFTJISA-N 0.000 description 1
- TVOGEPLDNYTAHD-CQDKDKBSSA-N Tyr-Ala-Leu Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@@H](C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 TVOGEPLDNYTAHD-CQDKDKBSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AYPAIRCDLARHLM-KKUMJFAQSA-N Tyr-Asn-Lys Chemical compound C1=CC(=CC=C1C[C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(=O)N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)O)N)O AYPAIRCDLARHLM-KKUMJFAQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241001441622 Ulua Species 0.000 description 1
- 101150117115 V gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- LYERIXUFCYVFFX-GVXVVHGQSA-N Val-Leu-Glu Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(=O)O)C(=O)O)NC(=O)[C@H](C(C)C)N LYERIXUFCYVFFX-GVXVVHGQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ODUHAIXFXFACDY-SRVKXCTJSA-N Val-Val-Met Chemical compound CSCC[C@@H](C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](C(C)C)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)C(C)C ODUHAIXFXFACDY-SRVKXCTJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108700005077 Viral Genes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010067390 Viral Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000004480 active ingredient Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001464 adherent effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002411 adverse Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011543 agarose gel Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010076324 alanyl-glycyl-glycine Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010047495 alanylglycine Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000012870 ammonium sulfate precipitation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003698 anagen phase Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003242 anti bacterial agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000692 anti-sense effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000259 anti-tumor effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940088710 antibiotic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002518 antifoaming agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940124522 antiretrovirals Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003903 antiretrovirus agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N arginine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCCNC(N)=N ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010013835 arginine glutamate Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010068380 arginylarginine Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000012298 atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003305 autocrine Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000227 basophil cell of anterior lobe of hypophysis Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- OATNQHYJXLHTEW-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzene-1,4-disulfonic acid Chemical compound OS(=O)(=O)C1=CC=C(S(O)(=O)=O)C=C1 OATNQHYJXLHTEW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010066270 beta-lactorphin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000004166 bioassay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000001124 body fluid Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000010839 body fluid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000037396 body weight Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012888 bovine serum Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004899 c-terminal region Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000009460 calcium influx Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000022131 cell cycle Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000032823 cell division Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003915 cell function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005859 cell recognition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000006285 cell suspension Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003833 cell viability Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012412 chemical coupling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010382 chemical cross-linking Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000004978 chinese hamster ovary cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000009918 complex formation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000007796 conventional method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000000151 cysteine group Chemical group N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)* 0.000 description 1
- 238000004163 cytometry Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000000805 cytoplasm Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000001086 cytosolic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002950 deficient Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004443 dendritic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000029087 digestion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I dipotassium trisodium dihydrogen phosphate hydrogen phosphate dichloride Chemical compound P(=O)(O)(O)[O-].[K+].P(=O)(O)([O-])[O-].[Na+].[Na+].[Cl-].[K+].[Cl-].[Na+] LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I 0.000 description 1
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000003743 erythrocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 210000003527 eukaryotic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000001400 expression cloning Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012091 fetal bovine serum Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001605 fetal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 1
- GNBHRKFJIUUOQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluorescein Chemical compound O1C(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2C21C1=CC=C(O)C=C1OC1=CC(O)=CC=C21 GNBHRKFJIUUOQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108020001507 fusion proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000037865 fusion proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010074605 gamma-Globulins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000002068 genetic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008103 glucose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010013768 glutamyl-aspartyl-proline Proteins 0.000 description 1
- XBGGUPMXALFZOT-UHFFFAOYSA-N glycyl-L-tyrosine hemihydrate Natural products NCC(=O)NC(C(O)=O)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 XBGGUPMXALFZOT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010000434 glycyl-alanyl-leucine Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010050848 glycylleucine Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010081551 glycylphenylalanine Proteins 0.000 description 1
- ZJYYHGLJYGJLLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N guanidinium thiocyanate Chemical compound SC#N.NC(N)=N ZJYYHGLJYGJLLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 description 1
- MCAHMSDENAOJFZ-BVXDHVRPSA-N herbimycin Chemical compound N1C(=O)\C(C)=C\C=C/[C@H](OC)[C@@H](OC(N)=O)\C(C)=C\[C@H](C)[C@@H](OC)[C@@H](OC)C[C@H](C)[C@@H](OC)C2=CC(=O)C=C1C2=O MCAHMSDENAOJFZ-BVXDHVRPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FUZZWVXGSFPDMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCC(O)=O FUZZWVXGSFPDMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000043530 human CD9 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- WGCNASOHLSPBMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxyacetaldehyde Natural products OCC=O WGCNASOHLSPBMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000036737 immune function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006698 induction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012678 infectious agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002458 infectious effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001802 infusion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960003786 inosine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960000367 inositol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000004073 interleukin-2 production Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005342 ion exchange Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002372 labelling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002523 lectin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010034529 leucyl-lysine Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010044056 leucyl-phenylalanine Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000032839 leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108700041430 link Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101150096059 lipC gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 150000002632 lipids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010009298 lysylglutamic acid Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010064235 lysylglycine Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000007885 magnetic separation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000014759 maintenance of location Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013507 mapping Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003550 marker Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019988 mead Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- MYWUZJCMWCOHBA-VIFPVBQESA-N methamphetamine Chemical compound CN[C@@H](C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 MYWUZJCMWCOHBA-VIFPVBQESA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010085203 methionylmethionine Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000003278 mimic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010369 molecular cloning Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108020004707 nucleic acids Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000039446 nucleic acids Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 150000007523 nucleic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000011275 oncology therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940092253 ovalbumin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000001672 ovary Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000004806 packaging method and process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 244000045947 parasite Species 0.000 description 1
- 229940049954 penicillin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000004976 peripheral blood cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 108010051242 phenylalanylserine Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010083476 phenylalanyltryptophan Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000002644 phorbol ester Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003726 plant lectin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000724 poly(L-arginine) polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 108010011110 polyarginine Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920000656 polylysine Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002035 prolonged effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000017854 proteolysis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108010043277 recombinant soluble CD4 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000009877 rendering Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003362 replicative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002976 reverse transcriptase assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- PYWVYCXTNDRMGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N rhodamine B Chemical compound [Cl-].C=12C=CC(=[N+](CC)CC)C=C2OC2=CC(N(CC)CC)=CC=C2C=1C1=CC=CC=C1C(O)=O PYWVYCXTNDRMGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CDAISMWEOUEBRE-UHFFFAOYSA-N scyllo-inosotol Natural products OC1C(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)C1O CDAISMWEOUEBRE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000011664 signaling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007781 signaling event Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000003384 small molecules Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- RDZTWEVXRGYCFV-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium 2-[4-(2-hydroxyethyl)piperazin-1-yl]ethanesulfonate Chemical compound [Na+].OCCN1CCN(CCS([O-])(=O)=O)CC1 RDZTWEVXRGYCFV-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000001082 somatic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000009987 spinning Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960005322 streptomycin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- JJAHTWIKCUJRDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N succinimidyl 4-(N-maleimidomethyl)cyclohexane-1-carboxylate Chemical compound C1CC(CN2C(C=CC2=O)=O)CCC1C(=O)ON1C(=O)CCC1=O JJAHTWIKCUJRDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002195 synergetic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000012976 tarts Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108010061238 threonyl-glycine Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229960002175 thyroglobulin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 231100000331 toxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000002588 toxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003053 toxin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100000765 toxin Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 108700012359 toxins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000009261 transgenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007704 transition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000032258 transport Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001960 triggered effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108010038745 tryptophylglycine Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000005483 tyrosine kinase inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010051110 tyrosyl-lysine Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241001430294 unidentified retrovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 230000003827 upregulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000035899 viability Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108700026220 vif Genes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 210000002845 virion Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000011800 void material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 1
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K16/00—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
- C07K16/18—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans
- C07K16/28—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants
- C07K16/2803—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants against the immunoglobulin superfamily
- C07K16/2818—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants against the immunoglobulin superfamily against CD28 or CD152
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
- A61P37/02—Immunomodulators
- A61P37/04—Immunostimulants
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K14/00—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
- C07K14/435—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
- C07K14/705—Receptors; Cell surface antigens; Cell surface determinants
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K16/00—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
- C07K16/18—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans
- C07K16/28—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants
- C07K16/2803—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants against the immunoglobulin superfamily
- C07K16/2806—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants against the immunoglobulin superfamily against CD2
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K16/00—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
- C07K16/18—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans
- C07K16/28—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants
- C07K16/2803—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants against the immunoglobulin superfamily
- C07K16/2809—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants against the immunoglobulin superfamily against the T-cell receptor (TcR)-CD3 complex
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K16/00—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
- C07K16/18—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans
- C07K16/28—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants
- C07K16/2896—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants against molecules with a "CD"-designation, not provided for elsewhere
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N5/00—Undifferentiated human, animal or plant cells, e.g. cell lines; Tissues; Cultivation or maintenance thereof; Culture media therefor
- C12N5/06—Animal cells or tissues; Human cells or tissues
- C12N5/0602—Vertebrate cells
- C12N5/0634—Cells from the blood or the immune system
- C12N5/0636—T lymphocytes
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K39/00—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
- A61K2039/51—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies comprising whole cells, viruses or DNA/RNA
- A61K2039/515—Animal cells
- A61K2039/5158—Antigen-pulsed cells, e.g. T-cells
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
- C07K2317/30—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by aspects of specificity or valency
- C07K2317/34—Identification of a linear epitope shorter than 20 amino acid residues or of a conformational epitope defined by amino acid residues
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N2501/00—Active agents used in cell culture processes, e.g. differentation
- C12N2501/50—Cell markers; Cell surface determinants
- C12N2501/51—B7 molecules, e.g. CD80, CD86, CD28 (ligand), CD152 (ligand)
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N2501/00—Active agents used in cell culture processes, e.g. differentation
- C12N2501/50—Cell markers; Cell surface determinants
- C12N2501/515—CD3, T-cell receptor complex
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N2501/00—Active agents used in cell culture processes, e.g. differentation
- C12N2501/50—Cell markers; Cell surface determinants
- C12N2501/599—Cell markers; Cell surface determinants with CD designations not provided for elsewhere
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Immunology (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Biochemistry (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
- Zoology (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Biophysics (AREA)
- Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
- Biotechnology (AREA)
- Cell Biology (AREA)
- General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Microbiology (AREA)
- Hematology (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Toxicology (AREA)
- Gastroenterology & Hepatology (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Micro-Organisms Or Cultivation Processes Thereof (AREA)
- Preparation Of Compounds By Using Micro-Organisms (AREA)
- Peptides Or Proteins (AREA)
Abstract
Methods for inducing a population of T cells to proliferate by activating the population of T cells and stimulating an accessory molecule on the surface of the T cells with a ligand which binds the accessory molecule are described. T cell proliferation occurs in the absence of exogenous growth factors or accessory cells. T cell activation is accomplished by stimulating the T cell receptor (TCR)/CD3 complex or the CD2 surface protein. To induce proliferation of an activated population of T cells, an accessory molecule on the surface of the T cells, such as CD9 or CD28, is stimulated with a ligand (e.g. monoclonal antibody ES5.2D8) specific for CD9 which binds the accessory molecule. The T cell population expanded by the method of the invention can be genetically transduced and used for immunotherapy or can be used in methods of diagnosis.
Description
~ wo gs/33823 2 I q ~ ~ ~ ' ' Pcrluss4/13782 METHODS FOR SELECTIVELY STIMULATING
PROLIFER~TION OF T CELLS
p~ ' nf " - T
The dc ~ ~IV,UIII~,IIL of techniques for ,ulu~uat5aLil~g T cell pU,UUIdtiulls in vitro has been crucial to many of the recent advances in the ~ l~ L ~ ~ - . l; "p of T cell recognition of antigen and T cell activation. The du~,luu~ t of culture methods for the generation of human antigen-specific T cell clones has been useful in defining antigens expressed by pathogens 10 and tumors that are recogm~d by T cells to establish methods of ;~ '.y to trcat a variety of human diseases. Antigen-specific T cells can be expanded in vitro for use in adoptive cellular i 1 - ~ in which infusions of such T cells have been shown to have anti-tumor reactivity in a tumor-bearing host. Adoptive ;. ~ h ~ has also been used to treat viral infections in ;- - ~ In~ ., . .l " Ulll;.~.,d individuals.
Techniques for expanding human T cells in vitro have relied on the use of ~cessory cells and exogenous growth factors, such as IL-2. The use of IL-2 and, for exarnple, an anti-CD3 antibody to stimulate T cell proliferation is knov~n to expand the CD8+, ~ ,u~...1-: ;....
of T cells. The IC ~ 11.,..' for MHC-matched antigen presenting cells as accessory cells presents a significant problem for long-term culture systems. Antigen presenting cells are 20 relatively short lived. Thus, in a long-term culture system, antigen presenting cells must be ~ / obtained from a source and rerlf ni~h~d The necessity for a renewable supply of accessory cells is u-ul,l~ a ic for treatment of; " .. l l In.1~ f ~ in which accessory cells are affected. In addition, when treating viral infection, accessory cells which may carry the virus may result in of the entire T cell population during long term culture.
25 An altemative culture method to clone and expand human T cells in vitro in the absence of exogenous growth factor and accessory cells would be of significant benefit.
S of"-I
~ This invention pertains to methods for selectively inducing ex vivo expansion of a 30 population of T cells in the absence of exogenous growth factors, such as l~ l l .lll .nk ;. .~ ~, and accessory cells. In addition, T ceU ~u~ulif~ Liu~ can be mduced without the need for amtigen, thus providing an expanded T cell population which is polyclonal with respect to antigen reactivity. The method provides for sustained ,ululif~,laLiu.. of a selected population of CD4+
or CD8+ T cells over an extended period of time to yield a multi-fold increase in the number 35 of these cells relative to the original T cell population.
According to the method of the invention, a population of T cells is induced to proliferate by activating the T cells and stimulating an accessory molecule on the surface of the T cells with a ligamd which binds the accessory molecule. Activation of a population of T
cells is -. ~ .. ~,I;~h.. 1 by contacting the T cells with a frrst agent which stimulates a TCR/CD3 complex-associatea signal in the T cells. Stimulation of the TCR/CD3 complex-associated signal in a T cell is ~ ~ . ." ~ ' . A either by ligation of the T cell receptor (TCR)/CD3 complex or the CD2 surface protein, or by directly stimulating receptor-coupled sigmaling pathways. Thus, an anti-CD3 antibody, an anti-CD2 antibody, or a protein kinase 5 C ~tivator in conjl nrtinn with a calcium ionophore is used to activate a population of T
cells.
To induce ~luli~t;laliull, an activated population of T cells is contacted with a second agent which stimulates an accessory molecule on the surface of the T cells. For example, a population of CD4+ T cells can be stimulated to proliferate with an anti-CD28 antibody 10 directed to the CD28 molecule on the surf~e of the T cells. Plulif.laliull of a population of CD8+ T cells is a 1 l ' ' by use of a " ,.~ antibody ES5.2D8 which binds toCD9, an accessory molecule having a molecular weight of about 27 kD present on activated T cells. Alternatively, plvlif,laLiull of an antivated population of T cells can be induced by stimulation of one or more intr~rPII ' signals which result from ligation of an accessory 15 molecule, such as CD28.
Following activation and stimulation of an accessory molecule on the surface of the T
cells, the progress of 1 ~ . 8; f. ~1;. . of the T cells in response to continuing exposure to the ligand or other agent wbich acts; ~ d.y to simulate a pathway mediated by the accessory molecule is monitored. When the rate of T cell plulirc~alivn decreases, the T cells 20 are re~tivated and ' 1, such as with additional amti-CD3 antibody and a co-stimulatory ligamd, to induce further plulir~la~iv~1 In one I, . ,ho.l;., ~ the rate of T cell plvlif~,laLivll is monitored by examining cell size. Altematively, T cell plulir~;~aLiu-- is monitored by assaying for expression of cell surface molecules in response to exposure to the ligand or other agent, such as B7-1 or B7-2. The monitoring and l~i ' of the T cells 25 can be repeated for sustained proliferation to produce a population of T cells increased m number from about 100- to about I 00,000-fold over the original T cell population.
The method of the invention can be used to expand selected T cell l~uuuldLivll~ for use in treating an infectious disease or cancer. The resulting T cell population can be genetically transduced and used for ~ ' , y or can be used for in vitro analysis of infectious 30 agents such as HIV. r~ulif~,~divll of a population of CD4+ cells obtained from am mdividual infected with HIV can be achieved and the cells rendered resistant to HIV infection.
Following expansion of the T cell population to sufficient numbers, the expanded T cells are restored to the individual. Similarly, a population of tumor-infiltrating IYIIIIJI~V~ can be obtained from an individual afflicted with cancer and the T cells stimulated to proliferate to 35 sufficient numbers and restored to the individual. In addition, ~ from cultures of T
cells expanded in accordance with the method of the mvention are a rich source of cytokines and can be used to sustain T cells in vivo or ex vivo.
~ WO 95/33823 2 1 9 1 5 8 ~ v .. Ç I i PCTNS94113782 l~riPf I~.c~ ~ of . ~ ~
Figure I depicts in vi~ro growth curves of CD4+ peripheral blood T cells in response to culture with either an anti-CD3 antibody and interleukin-2 (IL-2) (---), an anti-CD3 antibody and an anti-CD28 antibody mAb 9.3 (0-0) or PHA only 5 (~
Figure 2 depicts the growth curve of CD4+ peripheral blood T cells cultured in fetal calf serum and either anti-CD3 amtibodies and IL-2 (---) or an anti-CD3 amtibody and an anti-CD28 antibody, mAb 9.3 (0-0).
Figure 3 depicts the growth curves of CD4+ peripheral blood T cells cultured in the 10 presence of phorbol myristic acid (PMA) and ionomycin with or without IL-2, or with an anti-CD28 antibody, mAb 9.3. The symbols are as follows: PMA and ionomycin (P+l) is rppre~p~Afpd by ([~); PMA, ionomycin and IL-2 (P+l+IL-2) is represented by (-); and PMA, ionomycin and anti-CD28 antibody (P+1+9.3) is represented by (-).
Figure 4 is a schematic ~ ,a;,llLiivll of the selective expansion of CD4+ T cells 15 following CD28 stimulation in e~ ... to T cell stimulation with IL-2.
Figure 5 depicts fluorescent activated cell sorter analysis (FACS) in which cells were stained after isolation (day 0, panel A), or after 26 days in culture with eitber CD28 stimulation (panel B) or IL-2 culture (panel C), with lJh ~v.,ly i' conjugated anti-CD3, CD4,CD80rwithanlgG2acontrol ~' 'antibodyandn,....r~.A-equantifiedwitha flow cytometer.
Figure 6 shows FACS analysis of the EX5.3D10 .. ,.. ~ antibody depicting reactivity with CD28 im ~ to an anti-CD28 .". ~ .L.I~ ~ antibody 9.3. The following cell lines were tested: Panel A, ~ ' CH0-DG44 cells; Panel B, CH0-HH cells; Panel C, unactivated peripheral blood Iylll~ho~ , and Panel D, Jurkat No. 7 cells.
Figure 7 shows FACS analysis of the ES5.2D8 . ' ' amtibody depicting the binding reactivity with the following cell lines: Panel A, CH0-DG44 cells; Panel B, CH0-105A cells; Panel C, unactivated human peripheral blood Iy , ' - ~ ~." and Panel D, PMA
activated peripheral blood Iylll~JLul,~.
Figure 8 is a ~' , . ' depicting , . ~ analysis of detergent Iysates of surface labeled human activated T cells indicating that ~ 1 antibody ES5.2D8 reacts with a 27 kD cell surface protein.
Figure 9 depicts the increases in mean cell volume of CD4+ T cells following stimulation (Sl, S2, S3, S4, S5 and S6) with an anti-CD3 ' ' antibody and an anti-CD28 -' ' antibody over days in culture.
Figure 10 depicts the cyclic expression of B7-1 on CD4+ T cells following stimulation (Sl, S2, S3, S4, S5 and S6) with an anti-CD3 ' ' antibody and an anti-CD28 .. ~ antibody over days in culture.
WO 9~/33823 2 1 9 1 5 8 6 ; ~ PCT/US94113782 Figure 11 is a bar graph depicting the amount of IL-2 produced by CD4+ T cells following stimulation ~-vith an anti-CD3 mnnnrlnn,ql antibody and an anti-CD28 mrmn In-antibody or IL-2 over days in culture Figure 12 is a bar graph depicting the amount of granulocyte-llla,lu,uha~5., colony-stimulating factor (GM-CSF) produced by CD4+ T cells follo~-ving stimulation ~-vith an anti-CD3 """"~ antibody and an anti-CD28 - -' ' antibody or IL-2 over days in culture Figure 13 is a bar graph depicting the amount of tumor necrosis factor (TNF) produced by CD4+ T cells follovving stimulation vvith an anti-CD3,, nrl ~1 antibody and an anti-CD28,, ---~cl ~1 antibody or IL-2 over days in culture Figure 14 is a bar graph depicting the T cell receptor (TCR) diversity in CD4+ T cells followving stimulation ~-vith an anti-CD3, ",nrl ~ antibody and an anti-CD28 mnnn~ Inn antibody at day I and day 24 of culture Figure 15 depicts cell surface staining of CD4+ T cells obtained from an HIV
~LIUIl~,~ aLive individual follovving stimulation (S l, S2 and S3) vvith an anti-CD3 " ""r rl- ~ ~1 antibody amd an nti-CD28 n~ antibody over days in culture Figure 16 depicts cell surface staining of CD4+ T cells obtained from an HIV
upua;Live individual follovving stimulation (Sl, S2 and S3) vvitb an anti-CD3 mnnnrlr~n antibody and an anti-CD28 ""-~-n~ antibody over days in culture Figure 17 depicts expansion of CD8+ T cells follo ving stimulation witb an anti~CD3 ,, ~1 ",_1 antibody and an ' ' antibody ES5 7D8 at day 4 and day 7 of culture Figure 18 shows FACS ~malysis of the - -- rl. . -1 antibody ES5 2D8 (panels C and D) or a control IgG (panels A and B) depicting the binding reactivity with MOP cells transfected with a plasmid encûding the CD9 antigen n ~ of'-~ "
The methods of this invention enable the selective stimulation of a T cell population to proliferate and expand to sigmficant numbers in vilro in the absence of exogenous growth factors or accessûry cells Interaction between the T cell receptor (TCR)/CD3 complex and antigen presented in c ; with either major L ' . ' ~' ~' ' ~y complex (MHC) class I
or class 11 molecules on an antigen-presenting cell initiates a series of l~;r b , -I events termed antigen-specific T cell activation The term "T cell activation" is used herein to define a state in which a T cell response has been initiated or activated by a primary signal, such as through the TCRICD3 complex, but not necessarily due to interaction with a protein antigen A T cell is activated if it has received a primary signaling event which initiates an immume response by the T cell T cell ~tivation can be . ' ' ' by stimulatmg the T cell TCR/CD3 complex or via stimulation of the CD2 surface protein An anti-CD3 mnnn~lnnql antibody can be used to ~\W095133823 2 ~ 9 1 5 ~ 6 ~ , PCTNS94113782 _5 activate a population of T cells via the TCR/CD3 complex. Although a number of anti-human CD3 ,.1...,..~1., . 1 antibodies are commercially available, OKT3 prepared from hybridoma cells obtained from the American Type Culture Collection or ~, --1 ",,-1 antibody G19-4 is preferred. Similarly, binding of an anti-CD2 antibody will activate T cells.
5 Stimulatory forms of anti-CD2 ~mtibodies are known and available. Stimulation through CD2 with anti-CD2 antibodies is typically a.,. . ' ' I using a ~ 1.l "1.;., ~ ;. ." of at least two different anti-CD2 antibodies. Stimulatory r. ~ .C of anti-CD2 antibodies which have been described include the following: the T11.3 antibody in ~,...~.1~;~...1;..~ with the Tl l.l or T11.2 antibody (Meuer, S.C. et al. (1984) Cell 36:897-906) and the 9.6 antibody (which recognizes the same epitope as Tl 1.1) in .. , . ,1.; .. -~ Nith the 9- 1 antibody (Yang, S. Y. et al. (1986) ~ Immunol. 137:1097-1100). Other antibodies which bind to the same epitopes as any of the above described antibodies can also be used. Additional antibodies, or ., ",,1.8. ~ of antibodics, can be prepared and identifed by standard techniques.
A primary activation signal can also be delivered to a T cell through use of a 15 . ,... ~ .. 'f ;"' . of a protein kinase C (PKC) activator such as a phorbol ester (e.g., phorbol myristate acetate) and a calcium ionophore (e.g., ionomycin which raises cyL~ fic calcium, _ ). The use of thcse agents bypasses the TCR/CD3 complex but delivers a stimulatory signal to T cells. These agents are also known to exert a synergistic effect on T cells to promote T cell activation and can be used m the absence of antigen to 20 deliver a primary activation signal to T cells.
Although stimulation of the TCRICD3 complex or CD2 molecule is required for delivery of a primaly activation signal in a T cell, a number of molecules on the surface of T
cells, termed accessory or ' y molecules have been implicated in regulating the transition of a resting T cell to blast ~ ;. .,. and subsequent proliferation and 25 .1. ~ n Thus, in addition to the primary activation signal provided through the TCR/CD3 complex, induction of T cell responses requires a second,, ' y signal.
One such . ' y or accessory molecule, CD28, is believed to initiate or regulate a signal ~ , 1 ;. " . pathway that is distmct from those stimulated by the TCR complex.
Iy~ to mduce an activated population of T cells to proliferate (i.e., a 30 population of T cells that has received a primary activation signal) in the absence of exogenous growth factors or accessory cells, an accessor,v molecule on the surface of the T
cell, such as CD28, is stimulated with a ligand which binds the accessory molecule or with an agent which acts; '. .~ -- l y to stimulate a signal in the T cell mediated by binding of the accessory molecule. In one eli L - ' t, stimulation of the accessory molecule CD28 is 35 ~ by contactmg an activated population of T cells with a ligand which binds CD28. Activation of the T cells with, for example, an anti-CD3 antibody and stimulation of the CD28 accessory molecule results in selective proliferation of CD4+ T cells. An anti-CD28 ...., ,-1.- ~1 antibody or fragment thereof capable of ... v~ ; ..g the CD28 molecule, W095/33823 2 1 9 1 58~ PC'r/US94113782 ~
or a natural ligamd for CD28 (e.g., a member of the B7 family of proteins, such as B7-I(CD80) and B7-2 (CD86) (Freedman, A.S. et al. (1987) J. ImmunoL 137:3260-3267;
Freeman,G.J.etal.(1989)JlmmunoL 143:2714-27~;Freeman,G.J.etal.(1991)J:l~p.
Med. 174:625-631;Freeman,G.J.etal.(1993)5cience2k~:909-911;Az~ima,M.etal.(1993) S Nature ~:76-79; Freeman, GvJ. et al. (1993) J~ p. Med. 178:2185-2192)) can be used to mduce stimulation of the CD28 molecule. In addition, binding 1~ f~ $ ' of a natural ligand, whether native or synthesized by chemical or li~UlllbUlo.ll~ technique, can also be used in accordance with the invention. Ligands useful for stimulating an accessory molecule can be used in soluble form or immflhili7f d on a solid phase surface as described herein. Anti-10 CD28 antibodies of fragments thereof useful in stimulating proliferation of CD4+ T cellsinclude ,...~ antibody 9.3, an IgG2a antibody (Dr. Jeffery Ledbetter, Bristol Myers Squibb l'flrrf rAtifm, Seattle, WA)"".. ~ antibody KOLT-2, an IgGI antibody, ISE8, an IgGI antibody, 248.23.2, an IgM antibody and EX5.3D101 an IgG2a antibody.
A preferred anti-CD28 antibody is mnr f f lf~nqi antibody 93 or EX53D10~ The EX5.3DI0 " " ,. - f 1.1~ antibody was derived from; " .. ., ,1. ,~ a Balb/c mouse with CHO
(Chinese hamster ovary) cells transfected with the human CD28 gene (designated CHO-hh).
Hybl;duul~ from the fusion were selected by whole cell ELISA screening against Jurkat (human T leukemia) CD28 i ~ designated Jurkat #7. Reactivity of the EX5.3D10 with CD28 was further confirmed by fluorescent activated cell sorter analysis (FACS) 20 analysis in which it was tested side by side with the ' ' 9.3 (Figure 6). Neither antibody bound to .,..~ d CHO-DG44 cells and their binding profiles were nearly identical for the two CD28 .l~f,~,Luli lines, CHO-hh and Jurkat #7, as well as normal humam peripheral blood ly . ' - y .~,.,. A hybridoma wmch produces the " .. . ~
antibody EXS.3D10 has been deposited with the American Type Culture Collection on June 25 4, 1993, at ATCC Deposit No. HB 11373.
In amother cll ~ " of the invention, an activated population of CD4+ T cells is stimulated to proliferate by contacting the T cells with am agent which acts " ' '~y to stimulate a signal in the T cell mediated by ligation of am accessory molecule, such as CD28.
The term "agent", as used herem, is mtended to encompass chemicals and other 30 pl , - ~ . "i. ,.1 compoumds which stimulate a . ' y or other signal in a T cell without the ,c, ~ ..i for an interaction between a T cell surface receptor and ay molecule or other ligand. For ex~imple, the agent may act intr:lrPllnlqrly to stimulateasignalassociatedwithCD281igation. Inonet".l.o.li ..1 theagentisanon-IJuJt: ~ - v ~ compound. As the agent used in the method is intended to bypass the nahiral 35 receptor:ligand stimulatory mP.-h-~niem the term agent is not intended to include a cell expressing a natural ligand. Natural ligands for CD28 include members of the B7 family of proteins, such as B7-l(CD80) and B7-2 (CD86).
~ WO 95t33823 2 1 9 ~ 5 8~6 ~ ~ ' PCT/US9~113782 It is known that CD28 receptor stimulation leads to the production of D-3 hoa~ oim~ai~id~ ~ in T cells and that inhibition of the activity of l)Lu~,ulldlidylillu~:~vl 3-kinase (PI3K) in a T cell can inhibit T cell responses, such as ly~ hvhille production and cellular l~lulif~laiiull. Protein tyrosine phvalJllulylaiiull has also been shown to occur in T
5 cells upon CD28 ligation and it has been l , ",~c - d that a protein tyrosine kinase inhibitor, herbimycin A, can inhibit CD28-induced IL-2 production (V! - I ' ,,' , P. et al.
(1992)J:~7.Med. 175:951-960;Lu,Y.etal.(1992)~/mmunoL 149:24-29). Thus,to selectively expand a population of CD4+ T cells, the CD28 receptor mediated pathway can be stimulated by contacting T cells with an activator of P13K or an agent which stimulates 10 protein tyrosine ~Jhoa~ ulylaiiull in the T cell, or both. An activator of PI3K can be identified based upon its ability to stimulate production of at least one D-3 L~ 1r- in a T cell.
The term "D-3 ~ " is intended to include derivatives of l ' , ' lylinoailul that are ,uLua~lllvlyL.8 l at the D-3 position of the inositol ring and ~ the crlmrolmrlc~ oalJlldti~lyli~ ~1(3)-1.l....--l} .~I.h '~ (ptdIns(3)p)~lullua~ulldli~lylillo :ol(3,4)-1 . ~ . ' (Ptdlns(3,4)P2), and ~JLui~JLaiidylillua;iul(3~4,5)-i ~, ~ -, ' (Ptdlns(3,4,5)P3). Thus, in the presence of a P13K activator, the amount of a D-3 1...~l.1...:.,..-:l;.l. intheTcellisincreasedrelativetotheamountoftheD-3~ 1-1.r~in the T cell in the absence ûf the substance. Production of D-3 l.l)-.~l .~. .:, .. .~:; ;,1. ~ (e.g., Ptdlns(3)P, Ptdlns(3,4)P2 and/or Ptdlns(3,4,5)P3) in a T cell can be assessed by standard 20 methods, such as high pressure liquid ~,LIl O , ' ~ or thin layer . Lll O , ' y, as discussed above. Similarly, protein tyrosine l ' . ' ylatiull can be stimulated in a T cell, for example, by contacting the T cell with an activator of protein tyrosine kinases, such as p~.~ ' (seeO'Shea,J.J.etal.(1992) Proc.Natl.Acad Sci. USA 84:10306-103101;and Secrist, J.P. (1993) J. BioL Clzem. ~:5886-5893). Alternatively, the T cell c~m be contacted 25 with an agent which inhibits the activity of a cellular protein tyrosine l.l ~r ~ , such as CD45, to increase the net amount of protein tyrosine ~yhuaullvlylatiull in the T cell. Any of these agents can be used to expamd am activated population of CD4+ T cells in accordance with the methods described herein.
In order to induce ,ulvlif~..aiiull and expand a population of CD8+ T cells, an activated 30 population of T cells is stimulated through a 27 kD accessory molecule found on activated T
cells and recogmzed by the l ' antibody ES5.2D8. As described in Example 9, a population of CD8+ T cells was ,ul~ f~ tially expanded by stimulation with an anti-CD3 rl.. ' I antibodyandtheES5.2D8.. r.. L. -1antibody. The.",. ~ antibody ES5.2D8 was produced by i. . - - ~ of mice with activated human blood ly . ' y ~;, 35 and boosted with l human CTLA4 protein produced in ~. coli . The ES5.2D8 " , ~ amtibody is of the IgG2b isotype and specifically binds to cells transfected with human CTLA4. HylJl;dvl~laa producmg CTLA4-specific antibody were identified by screening by ELISA against human CTLA4 protein as well as by differential FACS against W095/33823 219~58G - PCT/U594113782--wild type CHO-DG44 cells vs. CHO-lOSA cells, which are transfected with the human CTLA4 gene. As shown in Figure 7, the ES5~2D8 clone re~ts strongly with both activated human T cells and CHO-105A cells but not with CHO-DCA4 cells, indicating that it does indeed bind to CTLA4. h~ u..J,ulc. ;p;~tiU~I of detergent Iysates of surface labeled activated S human T cells revealed that ES5.2D8 also re~ts with a 27 kD cell surf~e protein (Figure 8).
A hybridoma which produces the mrnA~ rlnAl antibody ES5.2D8 was deposited on June 4, 1993 with the American Type Culture Collection at ATCC Deposit No. HB11374.
Accordingly, to expand a population of CD8+ T cells, an antibody, such as mt~nAIrlrnAl antibody ES5.2D8, or other antibody which recognizes the same 27 kD ligand as ES5.2D8 can be used. As described in Example 10, the epitope recognized by the antibody ES5.2D8 was identified by screening a phage display library (PDL).
Antibodies which bind to the same epitope as the - ' ' antibody ES5.2D8 are within the scope of the invention. Such antibodies can be produced by; . .. .; ,~ with a peptide fragment including the epitope or with the native 27 kD antigen. The term "epitope", as used 15 herein, refers to the actual structural portion of the antigen that is; " ,. ~rlA~ ly bound by an antibody combining site. The term is also used ~ I,L~I)ly with "antigenic ". A preferred epitope which is bound by an antibody or other ligand which is tobe used to stimulate a CD8+ T cell population includes or . . ~ , an amino acid sequence:
(Xaal)n-Gly-Xaa2-Trp-Leu-Xaa3-Xaa4-Asp(Glu)-(Xaas)n (SEQ ID NO: 5), wherein Xaa4 may or may not be present, Xaal, Xaa2, Xaa3, Xaa4 and Xaas are any amino acid residue and n = 0-20, more preferably 0-10, even more preferably 0-5, and most preferably 0-3. In a preferred e ' - ' t, Xaa2 is Cys, ne or Leu, Xaa3 is Leu or Arg and Xaa4, if present, is Arg, Pro or Phe. As described in Example 10, the mA~nrrlrn'~l antibody ES5.2D8, which specifically binds a 27 kD antigen on activated T cells was used to screen a cDNA library from ~tivated T cells to isolate a clone encoding the antigen. Amino ~id sequence analysis identified the antigen as CD9(SEQ ID NO: 6). In the native human CD9 molecule, epitope defrned by phage display library screening is located at amino acid residues 31-37 (i.e., G L W L R F D (SEQ ID NO: 7)). Accordingly, Xaal and Xaa4 are typically additional amino ~id residues found at either the amino or carboxy side, or both the amino and carboxy sides, of the core epitope in the hu~nan CD9 (the full-length amino acid sequence of which is shown in SEQ ID NO: 6). It will be appreciated by those skilled in the art that in the native protein, additional non-contiguous arnino ~id residues may also contribute to the ~" r. ,"..A~ ..Al epitope recogruzed by the antibody. Synthetic peptides ~ g the epitope can be created which includes other amino ~id residues flanking the core six amino ~WO 95/33823 2 1 9 ~ 5 8 6 I ~ , ~ PCTIUS94113782 acid residues (i.e., Xaa can alt~ ,aii~.,ly be other amino acid residues than those found in the native CD9 protein). These flanking amino acid residues can function to alter the properties of the resulting peptide, for example to increase the solubility, enhance the;, . " " ~. ,r~ y or promote ." of the resultant peptide. When the peptide is to be used as an 5 i " " . ", . .~ ,~. . " one or more charged amino acids (e.g., Iysine, arginine) can be included to increase the solubility of the peptide and/or enhance the " "J of the peptide.
Alternatively, cysteine residues cam be included to increase the .l:.. ;,r:;. ~ ~ of the resulting peptide.
Othe m .. .l ~ù~l; ". ., ~ of the invention pertain to expansion of a population of CD8+ T
10 cells by use of an agent which acts intrPrPI' ' Iy to stimulate a signal in the T cell mediated by ligation of CD9 or other CD9-associated molecule. It is known that CD9 belongs to the TM4 au,u~ ~uily of cell surface proteins which span the membrane four times (Boucheix, C.
et al. (1990) ~ BioL Chem. 266, 11 7-l~ and Lan~a, F. et al. (1990) ~ BioL Chem. 266, 10638-10645). Other members of the TM4 superfamily include CD37, CD53, CD63 and 15 TAPA- I . A role for CD9 in interacting with GTP binding proteins has been suggested (Sechafer, J.G. and Shaw, A.R.E. (1991) Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 179, 401-406).
As used herein the term "agent" ..... ,.. ~ chemicals and other pl.~
' which stimulate a signal in a T cell without the 1. 1 C~l.,llt for an mteraction between a T cell surface receptor and a ligand. Thus, this agent does not bind to the 20 r~trPrPlllllPr portion of CD9, but rather mimics or induces an ;, .l . ,... lli .' - signal (e.g., second messenger) associated with ligation of CD9 or a CD9-associated molecule by an appropriate ligand. The ligands described herem (e.g., -' ' antibody ES5.2D8) can be used toidentify an ~ " ' signal(s) associated with T cell expansion mediated by contact of the CD9 antigen or CD9-associated molecule with an appropriate ligamd (as described in the 25 E~xamples) amd examining the resultant ;"l. . . !'..1 -- signalling that occurs (e.g., protein tyrosine 1 ' , ' yldtiull~ calcium influx, activation of a.,lk. ~'Lill~i ~ and/or tyrosine kinases, pllc,a~/llatidyl inositol .. s~ , etc.). An agent which enhances an ;. ,l . .. Ili ~
signal associated with CD9 or a CD9 rori~tP~l molecule cam then be used to expand CD8+
T cells. Ar ~,Iy, agents (e.g., small molecules, drugs, etc.) can be screened for their 30 ability to inhibit or enhamce T cell expansion usmg a system such as that described im the Examples.
In yet another aspect of the invention, methods for expanding a population of antigen specific T cells are provided. To produce a population of antigen specific T cells, T cells are contacted with an antigen in a form suitable to trigger a primary activation signal in the T
35 cell, i.e., the antigen is presented to the T cell such that a sigmal is triggered in the T cell ~rough the TCR/CD3 complex. For example, the antigen can be presented to the T cell by an antigen presenting cell m conjuction with an MHC molecule. An antigen presenting cell, such as a B cell" .ul.}. .,~,., monocyte, dendritic cell, Langerhan cell, or other cell which WO 95/33823 2 1 9 1 5 8 6 1 ~ ' PCT/US94/13782 can present antigen to a T cell, can be incubated with the T cell in the presence of the antigen (e.g., a soluble antigen) such that the antigen presenting cell presents the antigen to the T cell.
Alternatively, a cell expressing an antigen of interest can be incubated with the T cell. For example, a turnor cell expressing turnor-associated antigens c_n be incubated with a T cell 5 together to induce a tumor-specific response. Similarly, a cell infected with a pathogen, e.g. a virus, which presents antigens of the pathogen can be incubated with a T cell. Following antigen specific activation of a population of T cells, the cells can be expanded in accordance with the methods of the invention. For example, after antigen specificity has been P~-s~ hP~l T cells can be expanded by culture with an anti-CD3 antibody and an anti-CD28 10 antibody according to the methods described herein.
The term "antibody" as used herein refers to;, . " ".,. ,nvl, ~b -'; . . molecules and -' ~- 'Iy active portions of ~,' ' ' molecules, i.e., molecules that containan antigen binding site which specifically binds (;.I.~ .v.~G.,la with) an antigen, such as CD3, CD28. Structurally, the simplest naturally occurring antibody (e.g., IgG) comprises 15 four polypeptide chains, two heavy IH) chains and two light (L) chains inter-connected by disulfide bonds. It has been shown that the antigen-binding function of an antibody cari be performed by fragrnents of a naturally-occurring antibody. Thus, these antigen-binding fragments are also intended to be designated by the term ''antibody". Bxamples of binding fragments , ' witbin the term antibody include (i) an Fab fragment consisting of20 the VL, VH, CL and CHI domains; (ii) an Fd fragment consisting of the VH and CHI
domains; (iii) an Fv fragment consisting of the VL and VH domains of a single arm of an antibody, (iv) a dAb fragment (Ward et al., (1989) Nature ~1:544-546 ) which consists of a VH domain; (v) an iâolated . ' ~J ~' g region (CDR); and (vi) an F(ab')2 fragment, a bivalent fragment comprising two Fab fragments linked by a disulf de bridge at 25 tbe hinge region. Fl ' , although the two domains of the Fv fragment are coded for by separate genes, a syntbetic linker can be made that enables them to be made as a single protein chain (known as single chain Fv (scFv); Bird et al. (1988) Science 2~2:423-426; and Huston et al. (1988) PN~S ~:5879-5883) by .~.. 1.:.. ,l methods. Such single chain antibodies are also ~ .I within the term "antibody". Preferred antibody fragments 30 for use in T cell expansion are those which are capable of ~,luaali. 'uhlg their target antigen, e.g., bivalent fragments such as F(ab')2 fragments. Alternatively, an antibody fragment which does not itself crosslink its target antigen (e.g., a Fab fragment) can be used in with a secondary antibody which serves to crosslink the antibody fragment, thereby .,., " ' ~ the target antigen. Antibodies can be fragmented using eullv.~lltiollGl 35 techniques as described herein and the fragments screened for utility in the same marmer as described for whole antibodies. An antibody of the invention is further mtended to include bispecific amd cbimeric molecules having a desired binding portion (e.g., CD28).
~WO 9!i/33823 ' ; PCT/US94/13782 2 1 9 1 ~ 8 6 ! .
The language "a desired binding specificity for an epitope", as well as the moregeneral language "an antigen binding site which specifically binds (h~ ullul~a~L ~ with)", refers to the ability of individual antibodies to specifically hll,l~ ,l..a~l with a T cell surface molecule, e.g. CD28. That is, it refers to a non-random binding reaction between an antibody 5 molecule and an antigenic d of the T cell surface molecule. The desired binding specificity is typically determined from the reference point of the ability of the antibody to differentially bind the T cell surface molecule and an unrelated antigen, and therefore distinguish between two different antigens, pO Li~,ulafly where the two antigens have unique epitopes. An antibody which binds specifically to a particular epitope is referred to as a 10 "specific antibody".
"Antibody combining site", as used herein, refers to that structural portion of an antibody molecule comprised of a heavy and light chain variable and L.~ lJle regions that specifically binds ( ~L, with) antigen. The term ''hlllllullul~ '' or "reactive with" in its various forms is used herein to refer to binding between an antigenic .1. l.., .. ;. ,,...l -15 containing molecule amd a molecule containing an antibody combining site such as a wholeantibody molecule or a portion thereo~
Although soluble forms of antibodies may be used to activate T cells, it is preferred that the amti-CD3 antibody be im~nnhili7~-1 on a solid phase surface (e.g., beads). An antibody can be immnhili7rd directly or indirectly by, for example, a secondary antibody, to 20 a solid surface, such as a tissue culture flask or bead. As an illustrative ~. . .l .o.l;, . .. ', the following is a protocol for immllhili7inF an anti-CD3 antibody on beads. It should be appreciated that the same protocol can be used to immobili_e other antibodies or fragments thereof (e.g., an anti-CD28 antibody) to beads.
Protocols I. Pre-absorbing Goat anti-mouse IgG with OKT-3 A) BioMag Goat anti-Mouse IgG (Advanced Magnetics, Inc., catalog number 8-4340D) is incubated with at least 20011g of OKT-3 per 5 x 108 magnetic particles in PBS for I hour at 5~C.
B) Particles are washed three time in PBS with the aid of a magnetic separation unit.
Note: Advanced Magnetics also has an anti-Human CD3 direcdy conjugated (Catalog number 8-4703N) which will induce T-cell stim~ ti.~n II. Pre-labeling Lylll~L~ with OKT-3 A) I x I o6 cells (PBMC) are incubated in PBS with 10~Lg/ml of OKT-3 for 15 minutes at room ~
B) Cells are washed twice with PBS.
WO95/33823 2 1 9 1 5 8 6 ; ~ i ' PCT/IJS91/13782 III. Binding Magnetic Particles to PBMC for Stimulation A) PBMC surface labeled with OKT-3 are c~ltured with Goat anti-Mouse IgG (see above) at one bead per cell following a 30 minute incubation at 20~C
with gentle agitation.
B) Goat anti-Mouse IgG beads which were previously absorbed to OKT-3 are incubated with PBMC (1:1) for 30 minutes at 20~C with gentle agitation and cultured.
IV. Binding Magnetic Particles to PBMC for Separation Same as above (Part III) except the bead to cell ratio is increased to 20:1 rather than 1: 1.
To practice the method of the invention, a source of T cells is obtained from a subject.
The term subject is intended to include living organisms in which an immune response can be 15 elicited, e.g., mammals. Examples of subjects mclude humans, dogs, cats, mice, rats, and transgenic species thereof. T cells can be obtained from a number of sources, including peripheral blood leukocytes, bone marrow, Iymph node tissue, spleen tissue, and tumors.
Preferably, peripheral blood leukocytes are obtained from an individual by 1~ ' rl To isolate T cells from peripheral blood leukocytes, it may be necessary to Iyse the red blood 20 cells and separate peripheral blood leukocytes from monocytes by, for example, ~ ~ ~ a . . rl ~ through a pERcoLLrM gradient~ A specific: bl . ' of T cells, such as CD4+ or CD8+ T cells, can be further isolated by positive or negative selection techniques.
For example, negative selection of a T cell population can be a , ' ' ' with a of antibodies directed to surface markers unique to the cells negatively selected.
25 A preferred method is cell sorting via negative magnetic - " which utilizes a cocktail of IllUII~ antibodies directed to cell surface markers present on the cells negatively selected. For example, to isolate CD~+ cells, a r~ n ~l antibody cocktail typicallyincludesantibodiestoCD14,CD20,CDllb,CD16,HLA-DR,andCD8.
Additional, ...,"1.. - 1 antibody cocktails are provided in Table 1.
The process of negative selection results in an essentially 1.. , . ,~ .S,.. ,., populatiûn of CD4+ or CD8+ T cells. The T cells can be activated as described herein, such as by contact with a anti-CD3 antibody ;,..",.,l"l;, ~I ûn a solid phase surface ûr an anti-CD2 antibody, ûr by contact with a protein kinase C activator (e.g., bryostatin) in, ; with a calcium ionophore. To stimulate an accessory molecule on the surface of the T cells, a ligand which 35 binds the accessory molecule is employed. For example, a population of CD4+ cells can be contacted with an anti-CD3 antibody and an anti-CD28 antibody, under conditions appropriate for stimulating ~ .l, f. ~;"" of the T cells. Similarly, to stimulate proliferation of CD8+ T cells, an amti-CD3 antibody and the ' ' antibody ES5.2D8 can be used.
WO 95/33823 2 1 9 1 5 8 6 ~ PCT/US94/13782 Conditions appropriate for T cell culture include an appropriate media (e.g., Minimal Essential Media or RPMI Media 1640) which may contain factors necessary for proliferation and viability, including animal serum (e.g., fetal bovine serum) and antibiotics (e.g., penicillin streptomycin). The T cells are maintained under conditions necessary to support growth, for example an appropriate tc~ c (e.g., 37~C) and atmosphere (e.g., air plus 5% CO2).
To maintain long term stimulation of a population of T cells following the initial activation and StimlllDtinn it is necessary to separate the T cells from the activating stimulus (e.g., the anti-CD3 antibody) after a period of exposure. The T cells are maintamed in 10 contact with the co-stimulatory ligand throughout the culture term. The rate of T cell l.lolif~ iivll is monitored p~,.iov;cOlly (e.g., daily) by, for example, examining the size or measuring the volume of the T cells, such as with a Coulter Counter. A resting T cell has a mean diameter of about 6.8 microns. Following the initial activation and stimulation and in the presence of the stimulating ligand, the T cell mean diameter will increase to over 12 15 microns by day 4 amd begin to decrease by about day 6. When the mean T cell diameter decreases to ~ plv~ill._'cly 8 microns, the T cells are reactivated and ~ l 1l 5 d to induce further ~lvlif~ liul~ of the T cells. Alternatively, the rate of T cell ~lvlif~ tivll and time for T cell ~ ;.... can be monitored by assaying for the presence of cell surface molecules, such as B7-1, B7-2, which are induced on activated T cells. As described in Example 5, it 20 was determined that CD4+ T cells do not initially express the B7-1 receptor, and that with culture, expression is mduced. Further, the B7-1 expression was found to be transient, and could be re-induced with repeated anti-CD3 1 J;""~ ;..,. Accordmgly, cyclic changes in B7- 1 expression can be used as a meaDs of monitoring T cell p, . .1; 1~ where decreases in the level of B7-1 expression, relative to the level of expression following an initial or previous stimulation or the level of expression in an I ' ' cell, indicates the time for 1. ~;;"",1,.;",l For inducimg long term stimulation of a population of CD4+ or CD8+ T cells, it may be necessary to reactivate and restimulate the T cells with a anti-r~n3 Dn~ihvdy and an anti-CD28 amtibody or ' ' antibody ESS.2D8 several times to produce a population of CD4+ or CD8+cells mcreased m number from about 10- to about l ,000-fold the original T
cell population. Usimg this methodology, it is possible to get increases in a T cell population of from about 100- to about 100,000-fold an original resting T cell population. Moreover, as described in Example 6, T cells expanded by the method of the invention secrete high levels of cytokines (e.g., IL-2, IFNr, IL-4, GM-CSF and TNFa) mto the culture ~ For example, as compared to stimulation with IL-2, CD4+ T cells expanded by use of anti-CD3 and anti-CD28 ~ ' secrete high levels of GM-CSF and TNFa into the culture medium. These cytokines can be purified from the culture 1 or the ~
cam be used directly for ~ ~ cells in culture. Similarly, the T cells expanded by the WO 95/33823 2 1 9 1 ~ 8 6 ' ' PCTIUS94/13782 method of the invention together with the culture supernatant and cytokines can be allllhl;~t~.Ld to support the growth of cells in vivo. For example, in patients v~ith tumors, T
cells can be obtained from the individual, expanded in vitro and the resulting T cell population and supernatant. including cytokines such as TNFa, can be .. -.1,";": a~ lc;d to the 5 patient to augment T cell growth in vivo.
Althougb the antibodies used in the methods described herein can be readily obtained from public sources, such as the ATCC, antibodies to T cell surface accessory molecules, the CD3 complex, or CD2 can be produced by standard techniques. MPtho~logiPe for generating antibodies for use in the methods of the invention are described in further detail I 0 below.
I. Antih~dy Pr~ ~nrti~n A. ThPI.,.",.. ,,,.. Theterm "i~ n~ isusedhereintodescribeac~ u~
containing a peptide or protein as an active ingredient used for the preparation of antibodies 15 against an antigen (e.g., CD3, CD28). When a peptide or protein is used to induce antibodies it is to be umderstood that the peptide can be used alone, or linked to a carrier as a conjugate, or as a peptide polymer.
To generate suitable antibodies, the ~ ~, should contain an effective, ., amount of a peptide or protein, optionally as a conjugate linked to a carrier.
20 The effective amoumt of peptide per unit dose depends, among other things, on the species of animal inoculated, the body weight of the animal and the chosen regimen as is well known in the art. The ~ preparation will typically contain peptide cr~nrP-~tir.ne of about 10 ~ O to about 500 milligrams per ~ ~ dose, preferably about 50 ~ UolCUl~.~ to about 50 milligrams per dose. An ;...., , ~
25 preparation cam also mclude an adjuvant as part of the diluent. Adjuvants such as complete Freund's adjuvant (CFAJ, incomplete Freund's adjuvant (IFA) and alum are materials well known m the art, amd are available ~,wll..~ ,;ally from several sources.
Those skilled m the art will appreciate that, instead of usmg natural occurring forrns of the antigen (e.g., CD3, CD28) for ~ ~ ~ synthetic peptides can ' ' ~ be 30 employed towards wbich antibodies cam be raised for use in tbis invention. Both soluble and membrane bound forms of the protein or peptide fragments are suitable for use as an ~ O and can also be isolated by ~ ~ ~y purification as well. A purified form of protein, such as may be isolated as described above or as known in the art, can itself be directly used as an ~ ~ or ~t~.lllati~ly ~ can be linked to a suitable carrier protein by 35 I;UIl~,lltiU~l~l techniques~ including by chemical coupling means as well as by genetic o. ;,~g using a cloned gene of the protem. The purified protein can also be covalently or null~,ù~ , modified with non-plu~acc~v~i~ materials such as lipids or ~,alboll.~d to enhance ~ ,, ~hy or solubility. Altematively, a purified protem can be coupled with _wossi33823 2 1 9 ~ 5 8 6 PCT/Uss4/l3782 or ill ,UI~/UI~ d into a viral particle, a replicating virus, or otuer LUi~lUUl~ULi~lll in order to enhance; ~ g. ..;- ;;y. The protein may be, for example, chemically attached to the viral particle or Illh.lUUlo~ul;i~lll or an ;.,.... ~ ,~, ..,;~ portion thereof.
In an illustrative c~hu~ , a purified CD28 protem, or a peptide fragment thereof5 (e g., produced by limited proteolysis or, r~ I DNA techniques) is conjugated to a carrier which is ~ in animals. Preferred carriers include proteins such as albumins, serum proteins (e.g., globulins and li~u~u~,h~), and polyamino acids. Examples of useful proteins include bovme serum albumin, rabbit serum albumin, thyroglobulin, keyhole limpet L~ uoUy~ egg ovalbumin and bovine gamma-globulins. Synthetic 10 polyamino acids such as polylysine or polyarginine are also useful carriers. With respect to the covalent attachment of CD28 protein or peptide fragments to a suitable; . " .. ,., .~ r carrier, t'uere are a number of chemical cross-linking agents that are known to those skilled in the art. Preferred cross-linking agents are 1,. 1. . ol .; r, . -- d . ., .~1 cross-linkers, which can be used to link proteins in a stepwise manner. A wide variety of L.,t~,l..l.; r, .... I ;.., .~1 cross-linkers are 15 known in the art, including ~u~ hulllidyl 4-(N-... 8 ...:.1.. ,. II,yl) cy~ albuAy~
(SMCC),ml''' ' ' ~yl-N-Ly~u~y~.l ;l- Il;L ester(MBS);N-~uc.iuLlu,idyl(4-iodoacetyl) - - ;----1,- ~ ,-~ ~ (SIAB), ~. Iyl 4~(p 1 ~ r~ yl) butyrate (SMPB), I-ethyl-3-(3-dil.~.,;l.yl~,,il,u~,ul,yl) .,~uI,udiiu,,ilc l,.~u.,Llu,idc (EDC); 4~ ~
u~y~,ulbuuyl-a-methyl-a-(2-~ lylu;lLio)-tolume (SMPT), N-~u~iL2Luidyl 3-(2-20 pyridyldituio) propionate (SPDP), ~u~,~,iulhll;dyl 6-[3-(2-1Jylidyld;L' uo) propionate] hexanoate (LC-SPDP).
In may also be desirable to simply immunize an animal with whole cells which express a protein of interest (e.g., CD28) on their surface. Various cell Imes can be used as ;..--, -.-~0. - ~ to generate . - ..~C~ antibodies to an antigen, including, but not limited to T
25 cells. For example, peripheral blood T cells can be obtained from a subject which CUIL~LiLUiLi~,ly express CD28, but c~m be activated in vi~ro with anti-CD3 antibodies, PHA or PMA. Alternatively, an antigen specific (e.g., alloreactive) T cell clone can be activated to express CD28 by l.,c of antigen, together with a ' y signal, to the T cell.
Whole cells tbat can be used as " to produce CD28 specific antibodies also 30 include ,c ~ ~ . r ' For example, COS and CHO cells can be . ~ ....t; I . It. ~1 by ~ r ~ W ith a CD28 cDNA to produce cells expressing CD28 on their surface. Thesei, ~. .- f ~ ' - .I cells can then be used as O to produce amti-CD28 antibodies. Other examples of 1 . ,... f ~ cells are known, particularly eukaryotic cells able to glycosylate the CD28 protein, but any procedure that works to express transfected CD28 genes on the cell 35 surf~e could be used to produce the whole cell ;I~ Ih~,...l Alternative to a CD28 c,.~ , .iu.g cell or am isolated CD28 protein, peptide fragments of CD28 or other surface antigen such as CD9 can be used as ~ ~ to generate antibodies. For example, the CD9 epitope bound by the ES5.2D8 ' I antibody comprises an amino acid sequence: (Xaal)n-Gly-Xaa2-Trp-Leu-Xaa3-Xaa4-Asp(Glu)-(Xaas)n (SEQ ID NO 5), whe}ein Xaa4 may or may not be present Xaal, Xaa2, Xaa3, Xaa4 and XaaS are any amino acid residue and n = 0-20, more preferably 0-10, even more preferably 0-5, and most p}eferably 0-3. In a preferred ~".l,o.l;.". .,1 Xaa2 is Cys, Ile or Leu, S Xaa3 is Leu or Arg and Xaa4, if present, is Arg, Pro or Phe. Thus, a peptide having the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: S can be used as an; " ", - ",. . . Accordingly, the invention further ~ an isolated CD9 peptide comprising an amino acid sequence:
(Xaal)n-Gly-Xaa2-Trp-Leu-Xaa3-Xaa4-Asp(Glu)-(Xaas)n (SEQ ID NO: 5), wherein Xaa4may or may not be present, Xaal, Xaa2, Xaa3, Xaa4 and Xaas are any amino acid residue and n = 0-20, more preferably 0- 1 0, even more preferably 0-5, and most preferably 0-3. In a preferred ~ ..,l ,n.l', Iq Xaa2 is Cys, Ile or Leu, Xaa3 is Leu or Arg and Xaa4, if present, is Arg, Pro or Phe. Alternatively, it has been found that the ES5.2D8 " ,. ,.~ 1 antibody cross-reacts with a number of other peptide sequences (determined by phage display techmology as described in Example 3). Examples of these other peptide sequences are shown below:
2D8#2(SEQIDNO:l) HQFCDHWGCWLLRETHIFTP
2D8#4 HQFCDHWGCWLLRETHIFTP
2D8#10 HQFCDHWGCWLLRETHIFTP
2D8#6(SEQIDNO:2) LRLVLEDPGIWLRPDYFFPA
G C W L L R E (phage 2D8#2, 4, 10; SEQ ID NO: 3) G I W L R P D (phage 2D8#6; SEQ ID NO: 4) G L W L R F D (CD9 sequence; SEQ ID NO: 7. ) Any of these peptides, or other peptides containing a stretch of seven amino acids bracketed in bold type (lc~lca~ hlg the epitope bound by the antibody) possibly flanked by alternative amino acid residues, can also be used as O to produce an antibody for use in the methods of the invention and are . .... I~ by the invention. For use as g 30 peptides can be modified to increase solubility and/or enhance ~ J as described above.
B. polyrl~.nDl Anrihn~liPc Polycolonal antibodies to a purified protein or peptide fragment thereof can generally be raised in animals by multiple ' (sc) or 35 ~ 1 ' (ip) injections of an appropriate ,, such as the PYtrAA~Il ' domain of the protem, and an adjuvamt. A polyclonal antisera can be produced, for eY~ample, as described in Lindsten, T. et al. (1993) J. Immunol. 151:3489-3499. In an illustrative t, animals are typically immunized against the ~L - protein, peptide or ~ WO 951338t3 2 1 9 1 5 8 6 ~ ~ . , PCTIUS94/1378t derivative by combining about Illg to I mg of protcin with Freund's complete adjuvant and injecting the solution inrrR~;Prrnqlly at multiple sites. One month later the animals are boosted with 1/5 to 1/10 the original amount of i,.. ,.. n~,~ ., in Freumd's complete adjuvant (or other suitable adjuvant) by ~,~ injection at multiple sites. Seven to 14 days later, the 5 animals are bled and the serum is assayed for amti-protein or peptide titer (e.g., by ELISA).
Animals are boosted until the titer plateaus. Also, &OO,~Oa~hlg agents such as alum can be used to enhance the immune response.
Such ", "", li, .-produced pu~uuladulla of antibody molecules are referred to as"polyclonal" because the population comprises antibodies with differing ;~ ; r~
10 and affinities for the antigen. The antibody molecules are then collected from the mammal (e.g., from the blood) amd isolated by well known techniques, such as protein A
~,1... O . ' .y~ to obtain the IgG fraction. To enhance the specificity of the antibody, the antibodies may be purified by - ~ ~J ~lu~ ", . ~ .YI "~ y using solid phase-affixed ;,"" ~." ,~;. ., The antibody is contacted with the solid phase-affixed ;.,.",- O. ., for a period 15 of time sufficient for the i"" " ~ ."O. ,. to with the antibody molecules to form a solid phase-affixed ;..., ~ The bound antibodies are separated from the complex by standard techniques.
C. Mnnorl~nqlAntihn~iiPc Theterm"...n .rl.~. ~1 antibody"or",-,-, ~l"~-I
20 amtibody c~ ", as used herein, refers to a population of amtibody molecules that contain only one species of an antigen binding site capable of; " ." - ~ i. ,g with a particular epitope of am amtigen. A .... .~ l antibody rn~pcr;~i thus typically displays a single bindmg affinity for a particular protein with which it ~ ~,a~la. Preferably, the rl.l.l~.l antibody used in the subject method is further . l - ,-- ~ ;,- ~ as ~a~
25 with a protein derived from humans.
~ ,. .n~ l antibodies useful in the methods of the invention are directed to an epitope of an antigen(s) on T cells, such that complex formation between the antibody and the amtigen (also referred to herein as ligation) induces stimulation and T cell expansion. A
" ,. ,. ,. ,~l. ,. .~1 antibody to an epitope of an antigen (e.g., CD3, CD28) can be prepared by using 30 a technique which provides for the production of antibody molecules by continuous cell lines in culture. These include but are not limited to the hybridoma technique originally described by Kobler and Milstein (1975, Nafure 256:495-497), and the more recent human B cell hybridoma technique (Kozbor et al. (1983) Immunol Today 4:72), EBV-hybridoma technique (Cole et al. (1985), Mnn(lrl. 'A.ntibodies and Cancer Therapy, Alan R. Liss, Inc., pp. 77-35 96), and trioma tecbniques. Other methods which can effectively yield " ~ n~amtibodies useful m the present invention include phage display techniques (Marks et al.
(1992) J Biol Chem 16007-16010).
In one I .,.1"~.1;",. .a, the antibody preparation applied in the subject method is a ~...."nrl..,.~l amtibody produced by a hybridoma cell line. Hybridoma fusion techniques were first introduced by Kohler and Milstein (Kohler et al. Nature (1975) 256:495-97; Brown et al.
(1981) J. Immunol~:539-46; Brown et al. (1980) JBiol Chem 2~:4980-83; Yeh et al.(1976) PNAS 76:2927-31; and Yeh et al. (1982) Int. J Cancer 2~:269-75). Thus, the ' antibody .. ~l ~r.~ of the present invention can be produced by the following method, which comprises the steps of:
(a) T..... :,;.,g an animal with a protein (e.g., CD28) or peptide thereof. The is typicaTly ~ ., .l; ~ by , . . .; . .g the; ~ ~ to an 10 i- . - .- - ,nlng;~ _lly competent marnmal in an ' g 'ly effective amount, i.e., an amount sufficient to produce an immune response. Preferably, the mammal is a rodent such as a rabbit, rat or mouse. The mammal is then maintained for a time period sufficient for the mammal to produce cells secreting antibody molecules that hl~ lul~ with the ;....,.- .n~,~... Such hlll~ lul~a~liull is detected by screening the antibody molecules so producedfori~.. ,.. u.~livil~withapreparationofthe;.,.,.. ~,,.. ,protein. Optionally,it .
may be desired to screen the antibody molecules with a preparation of the protein in the form in which it is to be detected by the antibody molecules in an assay, e.g., a membrane-associated form of the antigen (e.g., CD28). These screening methods are well known to those of skill in the art, e.g., enzyme-linked ~ ' assay (ELISA) and/or flow 20 cytometry.
(b) A suspension of antibody-producing cells removed from each imrnuni~ed marnmal secreting the desired antibody is then prepared. After a sufficient time, the mouse is sacrificed amd somatic antibody-producing 1~ A are obtained. Antibody-producing cells may be derived from the Iymph nodes, spleens and peripheral blood of primed animals.
Spleen cells are preferred, and can be .. ~ .;. Ally separated mto individuaT cells in a ~Jh.1 aiOlog;~lly tolerable mediurn using methods well known in the art. Mouse l~...ul.c,. .1 ~O
give a higher percentage of stable fusions with the mouse myelomas described below. Rat, rabbit and frog somatic cells cam also be used. The spleen cell l,LIl encoding desired .' ' " are ~ - - --- .. i-l; . ~1 by fusmg the spleen cells with myeloma cells, generally in the presence of a fusing agent such as pol.~ ; glycol (PEG) Any of a number of myeloma cell lines may be used as a fusion partner according to standard techniques; for example, the P3-NSI/I-Ag4-1, P3-x63-Ag8.653 or Sp2/O-Agl4 myeloma Imes. These myeloma lines are available from the American Type Culture Collection (ATCC), Rockville, Md.
The resulting cells, which include the desired h.yl)lillull~ are then grown in aselective medium, such as HAT medium, m which unfused parental myeloma or Iymphocyte cells eventually die. Only the hybridoma cells survive and cam be grown under limiting dilution conditions to obtain isolated clones. The . of the h.~blilu~l_o are ~W095/33823 2 ~ 9 1 5 8 6 PCT/US9-1/13782 .: j r screened for the presence of antibody of the desired specificity, e.g., by ;.1.., ., .. ,. ~A~-~,y techniques using the antigen that has been used for:, .., ., I . : ,-1 ;.... Positive clones can then be subcloned under limiting dilution conditions and the m~nrrlrnRI antibody produced can be isolated. Various cul.v ~ Lion~l methods exist for isolation and ~ ; r~ of the 5 mnnr~rlonRl antibodies so as to free them from other proteins and other ~.. ."1,., " ;",.., ~
Commonly used methods for purifying ",..." ~ antibodies include ammonium sulfateprecipitation, ion exchange ~,L~ .Y, and affinity ~,LI.. ,.l.......... ~ .l.. y (see, e.g., Zola et al. in Mnno( lorinl Hybridoma Antibodies: Techniques And A~lic.~iu,.." Hurell (ed.) pp. S I -52 (CRC Press 1982)). Hybridomas produced according to these methods can be propagated 10 in vitro or in vivo (in ascites fluid) using techniques known in the art.
Generally, the individual cell line may be propagated in vitro, for example in laboratory culture vessels, and the culture medium containing high .. ..,... ,u ,.1;.. ~ of a single specific ' ' antibody can be harvested by (iPr~nt~tir~n~ filtration or ~ .; r, .~;~: ;....
Alternatively, the yield of " .-.. ,r.~8 ~ -I antibody can be enhanced by injecting a sample of the hybridoma into a l . :~l.. r ~ animal of the type used to provide the somatic and myeloma cells for the origmal fusion. Tumors secreting the specific, . .,1. .., I antibody produced by the fused cell hybrid develop in the injected animal. The body fluids of the animal, such as ascites fluid or serum, provide, .. 8.. ,,1 antibodies in high i.. 1. ,.1 ;
When humam L.yblidul~a or EBV-LylJIidulll~ are used, it is necessary to avoid rejection of the xenograft injected into animals such as mice. T - ' ~ or nude mice may be used or the hybridoma may be passaged first into irradiated nude mice as a solid ~1.1.~ 5~. v~
tumor, cultured in vitro and then injected LILI~IJ. 'Iy into pristane primed, irradiated nude mice which develop ascites tumors secreting large amounts of specific human.1.... ..l,.~l .1.~l antibodies.
Media and animals useful for the preparation of these ~ are both well known m the art and . "y available and include synthetic culture media, inbred mice amd the like. An exemplary synthetic medium is Dulbecco's minimal essential medium (DMEM; Dulbecco et al. (1959) ViroL 8:396) ~ t. ~I with 4.5 gm/l glucose, 20 mM
glutamme, and 20% fetal caf serum. An exemplary inbred mouse strain is the Balb/c.
D. C. ' ~ ~ ' Antihn~ c Monoclonal antibody o.. l.. ~:l;.. ~ ofthe invention can also be produced by other methods well known to those skilled in the art of Ir~ . .."1.:., - .1 DNA technology. An alternative method, referred to as the "~ antibody display"
method, has been developed to identify and isolate antibody fragments having a particular 35 antigenspecificity,andcanbeutilizedtoproduce,.,.."..l.. ~lantibodies(for~Per-irtirn~of ~ ' antibody display see e.g., Sastry et al. (1989) PNAS~:5728; Huse et al.
(1989) Science 246:1275; and Orlandi et al. (1989) PNAS 86:3833). After ;.. .. .g an animal with an appropriate ~ ~~, (e.g., CD3, CD28) as described above, the antibody W095/33823 2 1 9 1 58~ PCTAUS94113782 repertoire of the resulting B-cell pool is cloned. Methods are generally known for directly obtAining the DNA sequence of the variable regions of a diverse population of ;,. " "", ,ngh.l" ~ molecules by using a mixture of oligomer primers and PCR. For instance, mixed nli~ ul i~lr primers .,ullc~l,vll~ g to the S' leader (signal peptide) sequences 5 and/or framework I (FRI ) sequences, as well as primer to a conserved 3' constant region primer can be used for PCR ~nAplifir ~tinn of the heavy and light chain variable regions from anumberofmurmeantibodies~Larricketal.(1991)~ir~t,~ 152-156). Asimilar strategy can also been used to amplify human heavy and light chain variable regions from human antibodies (Larrick et al . ( 1991) Methods: Companion to Methods in Enzymolo~
0 _:106-110).
In am illustrative ~ ,. ',o~ .,1 RNA is isolated from activated B cells of, for example, peripheral blood cells, bone marrow, or spleen ~ iull~, using standard protocols (e.g., U.S. Patent No. 4,683,202; Orlandi, et al. PN~S (1989) ~:3833-3837; Sastry et al., PNAS
(1989) 86:5728-5732; and Huse et al. (198g) Science 246:1275-1281.) First-strand cDNA is l S synthesized using primers specific for the constant region of the heavy chain(s) and each of the IC and ~ light chains, as well as primers for the signal sequence. Using variable region PCR primers, the variable regions of both heavy and light chains are amplified, each alone or in c~ l -, and ligated into appropriate vectors for further . ' in generating the display packages. Olig.,.. Ir~.l;rlf- primers useful in ,l,l;.',. - ;.", protocols may be 20 unique or degenerate or incorporate inosine at degenerate positions. Restriction r~ ,fl. 1. . .1~ 1. A~-recognition sequences may also be; ~ .1 into the primers to allow for the cloning of the amplified fragment into a vector in a ~ ' reading frame for exprcssion.
The V-gene library cloned from the ;- : ;, . derived antibody repertoire can be expressed by a population of display packages, preferably derived from ''' phage, to 25 form an antibody display library. Ideally, the display package comprises a system that allows the samplmg of very large variegated antibody display libraries, rapid sorting after each affinity separation round, amd easy isolation of the antibody gene from purified display packages. In addition to Cuuull~ I.y available kits for generating phage display libraries (e.g., the Pharmacia R. ' : Phage Antibody System, catalog no. 27-9400-01; and the Stratagene SurJZ~PTM phage display kit, catalog no. 240612), examples of methods and reagents particularly amenable for use in generating a variegated antibody display library can be found in, for example, Ladner et al. U.S. Patent No. 5,223,409; Kang et al. 1" . ., .: ;. ."
Publication No. WO 92/18619; Dower et al. T" . . I .A. ;~ I Publication No. WO 91/17271;
Winteretal. TnfPrr~inn~l PublicationWO 92/20791; Marklandetal.1, a~ A1;l~llAl Publication No. WO 9~115679; Breitling et al. T, llr 1 l ~ Publication WO 93/01288;
McCafferty et al. 1"t ~ I Publication No. WO 92/01047; Garrard et al. I
Publication No. WO 92/09690; Ladner et al. T"~ ;., ,I Publication No. WO 90/02809;
Fuchsetal.(1991)Bio/~Aechnology2:1370-1372;Hayetal.(1992)XumAnfibodllyb,i~.
~wo 95/33823 2 1 9 1 5 8 6 Pcr/uss4/l3782 21 ~
3:81-85;Huseetal.(1989)5cience246:1275-1281;Griffthsetal.(1993)EMBOJ12:725-734; Hawkins et al. (1992) JMolBiol ~:889-896; Clackson et al. (1991) Nature 352:624-628; Grarnetal. (1992)PNAS89:3576-3580; Garradetal. (1991)Bio/Tecknolo~y~:1373-1377;Hoogr~l)ol~llletal (199T)NucAcidResl9:4133-4137;andBarbasetaL(l991)PNAS
5 ~:7978-7982.
In certain ~ ' , the V region domains of heavy and light chains can be expressed on the same polypeptide, joined by a flexible linker to form a smgle-chain Fv fragment, and the scFV gene ~- h,~l.. lly cloned into the desired expression vector or phage genome. As generally described in McCafferty et al., Nature (1990) ~:552-554, complete VH and VL domains of an antibody, joined by a flexible (Gly4-Ser)3 linker can be used to produce a single chain antibody which can render the display package separable based on antigen affinity. Isolated scFV antibodies h l~ ;YC with the antigen can ~ f ly be formulated into a l~l . -- . -- ~ ... ;. -l preparation for use in the subject method.
Once displayed on the surface of a display package (e.g., fil~nnPnt~nl~ phage), the antibody library is screened with the protein, or peptide fragment thereof, to identify and isolate packages that express an antibody having specificity for the protein. Nucleic acid encoding the selected antibody can be recovered from the display package (e.g., from the phage genome) and subcloned into other expression vectors by standard .c ' DNA
techniques.
F. Tlyhri~l-mn:~c an~l IvlPthn~ of PrP~ fion Hybridomas useful in the present invention are those . l. ~. i. . ;,. .] as having the capacity to produce a ' ' antibody which will specifically ~ ~,~l with an antigen of interest (e.g., CD3, CD28). Methods for generating hybl;dulllaa that produce, e.g., secrete, antibody molecules having a desired . ~ ~ ~" e.g., having the ability to with the CD28 antigen, and/or an identifiable epitope of CD28 are well known in the art. Particularly applicable is the hybridoma technology described by Niman et al. (1983) PNAS 80:4949-4953; and by Galfre et al. (1981) Meth En23~mol. 1~:3-46.
IT IICP~ ofthPMPth~ of ~hPInVPnti~n The method of this invention can be used to selectively expand a population of CD4+
or CD8+ T cells for use in the treatment of infectious disease, cancer and ' . y.
As a result of the method described herein, a population of T cells which is polyclonal with respect to antigen reactivity, but essentially h~.. ,.~.~,.... ~,. ,~ with respect to either CD4+ or 35 CD8+ can be produced. In addition, the method allows for the expansion of a population of T cells in numbers sufficient to ~c~,ullalil~ an individual's total CD4+ or CD8+ T cell population (the population of l.~ l.U~ , in an individual is a~ , 1011). The resultmg T cell population can be genetically transduced and used for ~ ' . ~ or can WO 95133823 _ PCTIUS9411378~ --be used in methods of in vifro analyses of infectious agents. For example, a population of tumor-infiltrating lylll,uho~ can be obtained from an individual afflicted with cancer and the T cells stimulated to proliferate to sufficient numbers. The resulting T cell population can be genetically transduced to express tumor necrosis factor (INF) or other factor and restored to the individual.
One particular use for the CD4+ T cells expanded by the method of the invention is in the treatment of HIV infection in an individual. Prolonged infection with HIV eventually results in a marked decline in the number of CD4+ T l~ hb~ . Tnis decline, in turn, causes a profound state of ~ fi~ nry, rendering the patient susceptible to an array of life threatening U,UIIUI ~ iC infections. R ~F' ' g the number of CD4+ T cells to normal levels may be expected to restore immune function to a sigmficant degree. Thus, the method described herein provides a means for selectively expanding CD4+ T cells to sufficient numbers to Ic~,ullaLi~uLc this population in an HIV infected patient. It may also be necessary is to avoid infecting the T cells during long-term stimulation or it may desirable to render the T
cells ~ y resistant to HIV infection. There are a number of techniques by vhich T
cells may be rendered either resistant to HIV infection or incapable of producing virus prior to restoring the T cells to the infected individual. For example, one or more anti-retroviral agents can be cultured with CD4+ T cells prior to expansion to inhibit HIV replication or viral production (e.g., drugs that target reverse l~ ,l r ' and/or other < ~ of the viral machinery, see e.g., Chow et al. (1993) Nafure 361, 650-6~3).
Several methods can be used to genetically transduce T cells to produce molecules which inhibit HIV infection or replication. For example, in one l ' t, T cells can be genetically transduced to produce 'I ' inhibitors, which are mutated"~....r, ,;....
forms of normal HIV gene products. T 1 ~ ' inhibitors function to nl ;y~ ûr 25 compete for binding with the wild type HIV proteins. Several i 11 inhibitors have been derived from HIV proteins including tat, rev, and gag. The function of tat is to enhance the I . . . ;p1;~ . of viral genes by binding to the trans activation response element (tar) found m the promûter region of mûst HIV genes. Rev, through binding to the rev response element (RRE) found at the 5' end of unspliced HIV transcripts, facilitates the transport of 30 ~ . u.,.,~ d mRNA from the nucleus to the cytoplasm for packaging into virions. Gag is first synthesized as a smgle poly~ Jti.lc and ~ l , bJ cleaved by a Yill._ e..~,od~,.l protease to yield three structural proteins, plS, pl7, and p24. T ' inhibitors derived from these gene products have been ~' ' to inhibit infection of cells cultured with lab pet HIV isolates. One example of a i ' inhibitor which appears 35 toactbyformingn. ..,r. ~ multimerswithwild-typeRevisRevM10. RevM10 construct has blocked infection of CEM cells by HTLV-IIIB for up to 28 days (Malim et al.
J~M176:1197,Bevecetal.PN~S89:9870). Inthesestudies,RevMlOfailedto~' ~WO 95/33823 , ~ PCT/US9~/13782 adverse effect on normal T cell function as judged by the criteria of growth rate and IL-2 secretion.
In another approach T cells can be transduced to produce molecules known as "molecular decoys" which are binding elements for viral proteins critical to replication or assembly, such as TAR. High level retrovirus-mediated expression of TAR in CEM SS cells has been found to effectively block the ARV-2 HIV isolate, as measured by RT assay (Sullenger et al. Cell 63:601). I~ )u~ llly, it also blocked SIV (SlVmac251) infection, suggesting that inhibition of HIV infection with molecular decoys may be generally applicable to various isolates and thereby alleviate the problem of Lyp~ uiabilily. Further, it has been .1. .~ .ar~l that TAR expression has no discernible effects on cell viability (Sullenger et al. J. Virol. 65:6811). Another "molecular decoy" which T cells can be transduced to produce is a soluble CD4 tagged at the carboxy terminus with a KDEL (Iysine-aspartic acid-glutamic acid-leucine) sequence, a signal for ER retention (Buonocore and Rose, PNAS 90:2695)(Nature 345:625). The sCD4-KDEL gene expression is driven by the HIV LTR. H9 cells transduced with the sCD4-KDEL construct show up regulation of expression of intrRrrlllllRr CD4 upon HIV infection. This strategy effectively blocked production of HIV MN for up to 60 days post infection. The proposed advantage of this inhibitor is that the virus should not be able to escape it's effect by mut_tmg because CD4 binding is essential for HIV infectivity.
T cells cam also be transduced to express antisense molecules and ribozyme whichblock viral replication or infection. Viral replication cam be inhibited with a variety of amtisense strategies. One particular ribozyme which cleaves HIV mtegrase (Sioud and Drlica, PN~S 88:7303), has been developed and may offer an approach to blocking infection as opposed to merely viral production.
Another approach to block HIV infection involves ' ~ T cells with HIV-regulated toxins. Two examples of this type of approach are the diphtheria toxin A gene (Harrison et al. AIDS Res. H~m. Retro. 8:39) and the herpes simplex virus type I thyrmdine kinase gene (HSV TK) (Caruso and Klatzmann, PNAS 89:182). In both cases" ~ a~
was umder the control of HIV regulatory sequences. While the diphtheria toxin is itself toxic, the HSV TK requires the addition of acyclovir to kill infected cells. For example the use of HSV TK followed by the addition of 10 ~m acyclovir for 17 days totally blocks HIV
infection of HUT 78 cells for up to 55 days of culture.
The methods for stimulatmg and expandmg a population of antigen specific T cellsare useful in therapeutic situations where it is desirable to upregulate an immune response (e.g., induce a response or enhance an existing response) upon l ' ~ ~ of the T cells to a subject. For example, the method can be used to enhance a T cell response against tumor-associated antigens. Tumor cells from a subject typically express tumor-associated antigens but may be unable to stimulate a ' y signal in T cells (e.g., because they lacks =
W095/33823 2 ~ 9 1 586 -' - PCTIUS94/13782 --expression of, ~ y molecules). Thus, tumor cells can be contacted with T cells frorn the subject in vifro and antigen specific T cells expanded according to the method of the inverition and the T cells returned to the subject. Alternatively, T cells can be stimulated and expanded as described herein to induce or enhance IC:~,UUll~ ,a~ to pathogenic agents, such 5 as viruses (e.g., human i.,.", ~ s~ .'i....,. ~ virus), bacteria, parasites and fungi.
This invention is further illustrated by the following examples which should not be construed as limiting. The contents of all references and published patent ~P~ cited throughout this application are hereby hl~,ul,uul~l~tl by reference. The following ,... l~nrlr~lf~y described in the Materials and Methods section was used throughout the 10 examples set forth below.
MF,TI:IODS AND MATF.R-AT,.'~
Prep~-~tinn of T"..,..)l,ili,..l Anti-CD3 Antihr,fly Tissue culture flasks were coated with anti-CD3 mn~nrlrln~l antibody. Although a15 number of anti-human CD3 ",...,r,rl.",.l antibodies are available, OKT3 prepared from hybridoma cells obtained from the American Type Culture Collection was used in this procedure. For any anfi-CD3 antibody the optimal ~..r~..,1.,.1;.... to be coated on tissue cultured flasks must be determined CAP. ' ' 71~/ . With OKT3, the optimal ~ .. 1, ,-l i.. "
was determined to be typically in the range of 0.1 to 10 llli~lu~ ~ per milliliter. To make coating solution, the antibody was suspended in 0.05 M tris-HCI, pH 9.0 (Sigma Chemical Co., St. Louis, MO). Coating solution sufficient to cover the bottom of a tissue culture flask was added (Falcon, Nunc or Costar) and incubated overnight at 4~ C. The flasks were washed three times with phosphate buffered saline without calcium or magnesium (PBS wlo Ca or Mg) and blocking buflfer (PBS w/o Ca or Mg plus 5% boYine serum albumin) added to 25 coYer the bottom of the flask and were incubated two hours at room t.,~ lt. c. After this incubation, flasks were used directly or frozen for storage, leaving the blocking solution on the flask.
I~nl 1if~n of Per~ph~r ~I Blood r ~ ncYtr~ (Psr .cd Samples were obtained by !~ n~ of healthy donors. Using sterile conditions, the leukocytes were transferred to a T80Q culture flask. The bag was washed with Hanks balanced salt solution wlo calcium or magnesium (HBSS wlo) (Wluttaker Bioproducts, Inc., Walkersville, MD). The cells were diluted with HBSS wlo and mixed well. The cells were then split equally behveen two 200 milliliter conical-bottom sterile plastic tissue culture tubes. Each tube was brought up to 200 ml with HBSS wlo and spun at 1800 RPM for 12 minutes in a Beckman TJ-6 centrifuge. The supernatant was aspirated and each pellet lf fl in 50 ml HBSS wlo. The cells were transferred to two 50 ml conical bottom tubes and spum at 1500 RPM for eight minutes. Again the supernatant was aspirated.
~ wo 9s/33823 2, 9 ~ 5 8 6 - ~ PCTfUS94fl3782 To Iyse the red blood cells, the cell pellets were ~ ..de,d in 50 m. of ACK Iysing buffer (Biofluids, Inc., Rockville MD, Catalog #304) at room ~ aL~ with gentle mixing for three minutes. The cells were again pelleted by spinning at 1500 RPM for 8 minutes.
After aspirating the snrPnnRtRnt the pellets were combined into one 50 rnl tube in 32 ml S HBSS w/o.
SeparationofthePBLsfrommonocyteswas .r.~ pll~l~ rlby ll~;rl~ through a PERCOLLThf gradient. To prepare I liter of PERCOLLThf solution (PERCOLL~M-MO),716 ml of PERCOLLT~f (Pharmacia, Piscataway, NJ, Catalog #17-0891 -01) was combined with 100 ml I .5 M sodium chloride, 20 ml I M sodium-HEPES, and 164 ml water. All 10 reagents must be tissue culture grade and sterile filtered. After mixing, this solution was filtered through a sterile 0.2 ,um3 filter and stored at 4~ C. 24 ml of PERCOLLrM-MO was added to each of two 50ml conical bottom tubes. To each tube 16 ml of the cell suspension was added. The solution was mixed well by gently inverting the tubes. The tubes were spun at 2800 RPM for 30 minutes without a brake. The tubes were removed from the centrifuge,~5 being careful not to mix the layers. The PBLs were at the bottoms of the tubes. Then, the a was aspirated and the PBLs were washed in HBSS w/o by r. ,U; r~ ; "g for 8 minutes at 1500 RPM.
1'PIl Srrtin,~ V;R NP.~,RtiveMR,~nnPIjr ¦l"" .,f.~.f~ ...... f The cell sorting via negative magnetic ;l........... ,. l. ~11.. c. ,.. f. must be performed at 4~ C.
The washed cell pellets obtained from the PERCOLL~M gradients described above were d m coating medium (RPMI-1640 (BioWhittaker, Walkersville, MD, Cataog #
12-167Y), 3~/O feta. ca f serum (FCS) (or 1% human AB- serum or 0.5% bovine serum albumin) S mM EDTA (Ouality Biological, Inc., (' ' ' ~ MD, Cat_og # 14-117-1),2 mM L-glutamine (BioWhittaker, Walkersville, MD, Catalog # 17-905C), 20 mM HEPES
(BioWhittaker, Wa kersville, MD, Catalog # 17-757A), 50 ugfml gentamicin (BioWhittaker, Walkersville, MD, Catalog # 17-905C)) to a cell density of 20 x I o6 per ml. A cocktail of lll" nrl.~ l antibodies directed to cell surface markers was added to a fina. ofI llgfml for each antibody. The ~ of this cocktail is designed to enrich for either CD4+ or CD28+ T cells. Thus, the cocktail will typically include antibodies to CD14, CD20, CDllb,CD16,HLA-DR,and(forCD4+cellsonly)CD8. (SeeTable I foralistofsorting , ..., .~ l., - ~l antibody cocktails.) The tube containing cells and amtibodies was rotated at 4~
for 30-45 minutes. At the end of this incubation, the cells were washed three times with coating medium to remove unbound antibody. Magnetic beads coated with goat anti-mouse IgG (Dynabeads M-450, Catalog #11006, P&S R~ C ' ' , MD) and prewashed with coating medium were added at a ratio of three beads per cell The cells and beads were then rotated for 1-1.5 hours at 4O C. The antibody-coated cells were removed using a magnetic particle: accordmg to the ~ directions (MPC-I, WO 9~/33823 2 1 9 1 ~ 8 6 ~ ; PCT/US94113782 Catalog # 12001, P&S Ri- ' ' 's, (' ' ' ~, MD). The n..,~ h. .~1 cells were washed out of the coating medium and ~ dcd in an appropriate culture medium.
TART.F,1: Sort~ M..,..~ Antihr~ly Crmkt:~ilc 5 (Italicized mAbs are available from the ATCC) l; v~ rn Ahc rt-A CD14 63D3 (IgGlJ, 20.3 fIgM) CD20 IF5 (IgG2a), Leu-16 (IgGI) CD16 FC-~2 (IgG2b), 3G8 (IgGI) HLA-DR 2.06 (IgGI), BlOa (IgG) ail ~ Rr~ ;Ye mAhe rT-B CD14 63D3 (IgGI), 20.3 (IgA~) CD21 HB5 (IgG2~) CD16 FC-2.2 (IgG2b), 3G8 (IgGI) HLA-DR 2.06 (IgGI), HBlOa (IgG) f;y~ rnAhc r9.3-A CD14 63D3 (IgGI), 20.3 (IgM) CD20 IF5 (IgG2a), Leu-16 (IgGI) CDl lb OKMl (lgG2~, 60~ gG2b) CD16 FC-2.2 (IgG2b),3G8 (IgGlJ
HLA-DR 2. 06 (IgGI), HB I Oa (IgG) '; Y~; I Ahc r9.3-B CD14 63D3 (IgGI), 20.3 (IgM) CD21 HB5 (IgG2~
CDl lb OKMl (lgG2~), 60.1 (IgG2b) CD16 FC-2.2 (IgG2b),3G8 (IgGI) HLA-DR 2. 06 (IgGI), HB l Oa (IgG) ~ktail ~r~ Rr~ ;v~ rnAbs ~W095/33823 2 1 9 1 S 8 6 PCTNS94/13782 , ~; ., rCD4-A CD14 63D3 ~IgGI), 20.3 (IGM) CD20 IF5 (IgG2a). Leu-16 (IGgl) CDl lb OKMl (lgG2~), 60~ gG2b) CD16 FC-2.2 (IgGb), 3G8 ~IgGI) HLA-DR 2. 06 (IgGl), HB I Oa (IgG) CD8 51.1(1gG2), G10-l.l(qgG2a), 0Rl'8, (IgG2a) jy~ mAh~
rCD8-B CD14 63D3 (IgGI), 20.3 (IgM) CD20 IF5 (IgG2a), Leu-16 (IGgl) CDl lb OKMl (lgG2~), 60.1 (1SG2b) CD16 FC-2.2 agG2b), 3G8 (IgGI) HLA-DR 2.06 (IgGI), HBlOa (IgG) CD4 G17-2.8 (IgGI) ~ F,~ iv~ rnAh~
rMO CD2 35.1 (IgG2a), 9.6 (IgG2a) CD20 IF5 (IgG2a), Leu-16 (IGgl) WO 95/33823 ' i ~ é PCTNS94/13782 21 91~86 ;V~ m~,h~
rB CD2 35.1 (IgG2a), 9.6 agG2a) CD14 63D3 (IgGI), 20.3 (IgM) CDl lb OKMI (lgG2b), 60-1 (IgG2b) CD16 FC-2.2 (IgG2b),3G8 (IgGI) T.nn~ Tern S
Tissue culture flasks precoated with anti-CD3 mnnnrlnnPl antibody were thawed and washed three times with PBS. The purified T cells were added at a density of 2 X 106/ml.
Anti-CD28 I,..,l,nrl,,.._l antibody mAb 9.3 (Dr. Jeffery Ledbetter, Bristol Myers Squibb t~nrpnrPtinn Seattle, WA) or EX5.3D10, ATCC Deposit No. HB 11373 (Repligen Corporation, Cambridge, MA) was added at a ~ . ..1,..1;..,, of I ~lg/ml and cells were 10 cultured at 37'~ C overnight. The cells were then detached from the flask by forceful pipetting and transferred to a fresh untreated flask at a density of 0.5 x 106/ml. Thereafter, the cells were . ' ' every other day by forceful pipetting and diluted to 0.5 x 106/ml. The meam diameter of the cells was monitored daily with a Coulter Coumter 2M mterfaced to a Coulter t'l 'y~l Resting T cells have a mean diameter of 6.8 microns. With this 15 stimulation protocol, the mean diameter increased to over 12 microns by day 4 and then begam to decrease by about day 6. When the mean diameter decreased to about 8 microns, the cells were again stimulated overnight with anti-CD3 and anti-CD28 as above. It was important that the cells not be allowed to return to resting diameter. This cycle was repeated for as long as tbree months. It can be expected that the time between lC ' will 20 ~luKl~i~..;c~,ly decrease.
Examplel: 1 T- Gro~h~'CD4+TrPllcWithA ~ CD3 ~1)28 A "- ~ ' Previous known methods to culture T cells in vitro require the addition of exogenous 25 feeder cells or cellular growth factors (such as interleukin 2 or 4) and a source of antigen or mitogenic plant lectin. Peripheral blood CD28+ T cells were isolated by negative selection using magnetic ~ -' ' and mnnnrlnnql antibodies as described in the Methods and Materials section above. CD4+ cells were further isolated from the T cell population by treating the cells with anti-CD8 mnnnrlnrql antibody and removing the CD8+ cells with 30 magnetic ;.. , . .. ,1,. ~ Briefly, T cells were obtained from l~,lJku~h~,lca;a of a normal donor, and purified vvith FICOLLTM density gradient . ~ . ,l,; ru~ followed by magnetic -' ' sorting. The resulting CD28+, CD4+ T cells were cultured in defined medium (X-VivolO contair;mg gentamicin and L-glutamme (Whittaker Bioproducts) at an initial ~wo 9~/33823 2 1 ~ i 5 8 6 . ~ I ~ PCT/US94/13782 density of 2.0 x 106/ml by adding cells to culture dishes containing plastic-adsorbed Goat amti-mouse IgG (Kirkega. rd and Perry T qhrlr,qt~rire, ~ thrr.~b.lrg MD) and anti-CD3 mAb G19-4. After 48 hours, the cells were removed and placed in flasks containing either hIL-2 (5~/0, CalBiochem) or anti-CD28 mAb (500 ng/ml). The cells cultured with IL-2 were fed 5 with fresh IL-2 at 2-day intervals. Fresh medium was added to all cultures as required to maintain a cell density of 0.5 x 106/ml. Cells were u ' ' at .3r ' ' ~y weekly intervals by culture on plastic-adso}bed anti-CD3 mAb for 24 hours, the cells removed and placed at I .0 x 106/ml in fresh medium in flasks containing either IL-2 or anti-CD28 mAb.
In the example shown in Figure 1, the culture vessel initially contained 50 x lo6 10 cells, amd the cells were cultured in an optimal amount of mitogenic lectin PHA, or cultured withcyclicstimulationofplastic;,..,.-.l.;l;,.danti-CD3mAbinthepresenceofinterleukin2 or anti-CD28 mAb 9.3. The cells cultured in PHA alone did not proliferate, with all cells dying by about day 20 of culture"' ~ l_ the functional absence of accessory cells. In contrast, the cells grown in anti-CD3 with IL-2 or anti-CD28 entered a logarithmic growth 15 phase, with equal rates of growth for the frst three weeks of culture. However, the anti-CD3 cultures began to diverge in growth rates during the fourth week of culture, with the IL-2 fed cells entering a plateau phase after a ~2.81og l o expansion. In contrast, the cultures grown in the presence of anti-CD28 remained in logarithmic growth until the sixth week of culture, at which time there had been a -3.81Og1o expansion. Thus, CD28 receptor ~timnlqtif~n perhaps 20 by anti-CD28 ulo ,~lhll~ g, is able to stimulate the growth of CD4+ T cells in the absence of fetal calf serum or accessory cells, and fl~ ..uu.c, about 10-fold more cells can be obtained using anti-CD28 as opposed to addition of exogenous IL-2. In repeated . ~1.. . ;". .'~, CD4+
T cell expansion usimg anti-CD28 antibody Cu-~ Ll~ yielded more CD4+ T cells than expansion using IL-2 (e.g., up to 1000-fold more cells). This system has the added advantage of not requiring the presence of accessory cells which may be a.lv _ in clinicalsituations where accessory cells are limiting or defective.
Example 2: L~ T~ G,row~h of Ar~i-CD2~-TI ~ ' T rPIlc ln r~
F~t~ r s Another series of 1~ tested whether the growth advantage of CD28 receptor stimulation was due to I~ ll~lL of factors normally present in fetal calf serum. T cells were obtained from I ' r ~ c~h> of a normal donor, and purified with FICOLLTM density gradient rrntrjfil~,qtinn~ followed by magmetic ;.~ 1, - 1 sorting. The resulting CD28+, CD4+ T cells were cultured at an initial density of 2.0 x 106/ml in medium (RPMI-1640 containing 10% heat-inactivated fetal calf serum [Hyclone, Logan, Utah] and gentamicin and L-glutamine) by adding cells to culture dishes containing plastic-adsorbed OKT3. After 48 hours, the cells were removed and placed in flasks containing either hIL-2 (10~/o final c~ "-~ Rir rhf~m) or anti-CD28 mAb 9.3 (800 ng/ml). The cells were fed with wossl33823 21 91 586 Pcr/uss4/l3782 --fresh medium as required to maintain a cell density of 0.5 x 106/ml, and ~C~lLilll l._'~.i at alJ~lL~hll_8,1y weekly intervals by culture on plastic adsorbed anti-CD3 mAb for 24 hours.
As shown in Figure 2, the cells entered logarithrnic growth phase, with equal rates of growth for the first three weeks of culture. However, the anti-CD3 cultures began to diverge 5 in growth rates during the fourth week of culture, with the IL-2 fed cells entering a plateau phase after a ~4.01Oglo expansion. In contrast, the cultures grown in the presence of anti-CD28 remained in logarithmic growth umtil the fifth week of culture, at which time there had been a ~5.llog1o expansion. Thus, CD28 stimulation resulted in a ~l~S,000-fold expamsion of the initial culture while IL-2 feeding resulted in a 10,000-fold expansion of cells.
Example 3: l _ Tl Gro~h of T rf~llc ~ Phorbol r~
' A~ ~D28-A ~ ~ ~ T r~ollc Further . ~l~ tested whether alternative methods of activating T cells would also permit CD28 stimulated growth. Pl.A. ,., ~ Og;L activation of T cells with PMA and 15 ionomycin is thought to mimic antigen receptor triggering of T cells via the TCR/CD3 complex. T cells were obtained from l . L . ,1,1. . c~ ~ of a normal donor, and purified with sequential FICOLLlM and PERCOLL~M density gradient ~ ....s; r~ , followed bymagnetic i.,.,, Ir~b~ All sorting. The resulting CD28+, CD4+ T cells were cultured at an initial density of ~o x 106/ml by adding cells to culture dishes containing phorbol myristic acid (PMA 3 nglml, Sigma) amd ionomycm (120 ng/ml, ~ rh~r.A. lot #3710232). After 24 hours, the cells were diluted to 0.5 x 106/ml and placed in flasks containing either rlL-2 (50 IU/ml, Boerhinger Mannheim, lot #11844900)) or amti-CD28 mAb (I ug/ml). The cells were fed with fresh medium as required to maintain a cell density of 0.5 x 106/ml, and ' I cyclically at ap,UIUAil~ ,y weekly intervals by readdition of PMA and ionomycin. Fresh IL-2 was added to the IL-2 containing culture at daily intervals.
The results of this experiment are shown m Figure 3. T cells that were purified of accessory cells did not grow in cell nurnbers in the presence of PMA ("P" in th-e Figure) and ionomycin ("I" in the Figure), with or without IL-2. The cells clumped amd enlarged, as indicated by size analysis, mdicating the cells had been induced to enter the Gl phase of the cell cycle but did not progress to DNA synthesis and cell division. In contrast, addition of CD28 mAb to PMA plus ionomycin treated cells resulted in logarithmic cell growth. Thus, anti-CD3 mAb is not required to provide T cell activation. It should be appreciated that other activators of protein kinase C, such as bryostatin or dia.,~4;1y~,~,lul can be used in place of PMA.
~WO 95/33823 2 1 9 1 5 8 6 i PCT/US94/13782 Example 4: 1 t of Cr~l1C C ' ' With A ' cm S' ' ' ~ ' '"' ot'TI,-2 ~r~r'i-CD?51 ~h To examine the subsets of T cells that are expanded, PBL were propagated for 16 days using either amti-CD3 and IL-2 or anti-CD3 and anti-CD28. Figure 4 .1. . ,.1 ~ u. s ~ the 5 selective enrichment of CD4 cells from peripheral blood Iyu.~lloc~ . Mnn~nn.~ r cells wereisolatedfrombloodbyficollhypaquedensitygradient...,uir.~ ." Thecellswere stained with CD4 and CD8 " .. ."nr1. ~lrl antibodies, and analy~d for the percent positive cells on day 0. The cells were then cultured on plastic i.. ,.n1.;1i,. J anti-CD3 .. ,.nrl .. , 1 amtibodyG19-4plusIL-2Orplastic;.,....n1.,1;,.Janti-CD3mnnn.1nn~1antibodyG19-4plus anti-CD28 1l... nrln.. A1 antibody 9.3 (0.5 llg/ml). The cells were isolated from culture on day 16, and repeat staining for CD4 and CD8 antigens was done by flow cytometry. Data was gated on the IYU~ U~ , population by forward angle light scatter amd side scatter. By this analysis, the % CD4 and CD8 cells were 8.0% and 84.5% in the cells grown in IL-2, amd 44.6% and 52.5% in the cells grown in CD28. These results suggest that CD28 expansion 15 favors the CD4+ cell, in contrast to the well c .LUl,li .l.~l observation that CD8+ cells pl1 ' in cells grown in IL-2 (for example, see D.A. Cantrell and K.A. Smith, (1983), JE~;p Med 158:1895andGullberg,M.andK.A.Smith(1986)JEi~p.Med 163,270).
To further test this possibility, CD4+ T cells were enriched to 98% purity usingnegative selection with ...- ...nrl....~1 antibodies and magnetic ' ' as described 20 above Fluorescent Activated Cell Sorter (FACS) Analysis was used to examine the phenotype of the T cells cultured with anti-CD3 ~md anti-CD28. Cells were pelleted by ~ ~r nn and ~ L .1 in PBS/1% BSA. The cells were then washed by repeatingthis procedure twice. The cells were pelleted and ~ ..L .~ in 100 111 of primary amtibody solution, vortexed, amd kept on ice for one hour. After washing twice in PBS/1% BSA, the cells were ~ ........ L ;i im 100 111 of n ~ I ~ ~ ~ goat-anti-mouse IgG amd mcubated for 30 minutes on ice. At the end of this incubation, the cells were washed twice m PBS and 1 in 500 ~.d 1% ~ .yd~ in PBS. The labeled cells were analy~d on an Ortho Cy~unuulu6.~pll. Cells were stained after isolation, or atter 26 days in culture, with ~L~,u~ly i' conjugated anti-CD3 (Leu-4), CD4 (Leu-3A), CD8 (OKT8) or with IgG2acontrol - ' ' antibodies amd rl.. G~.. ..r qu~mtified with a flow cytometer. The cells were cultured for one month using amti-CD3 and either IL-2 or amti-CD28 to propagate the cells. There was equal expansion of the cells for the first 26 days of the culture (not shown), however, as c m be seen m Figure 5, the phenotype of the cells diverged p~u6~..,.;c .,ly with increasing time in culture so that at day 26 of culture, the I ' ~ cell in anti-CD28 culture was CD4+ while the cells in the IL-2 culture were I ' '.~ CD8+. Thus, CD28 receptor ' perhaps by .. ~ i.............. g is able to selectively expand T cells of the CD4 phenotype while the UUII~,ll.,iUUal method of in vi~ro T cell culture yields cells of the CD8 phenotype. Additional CAIJ. ~ ' have been conducted with similar results, indicating that W095/33823 2 1 9 1 5 8 6 . . ! : PCT/US94/13782 CD28 stimulation of initially mixed populations of cells is able to yield cultures containing ,ulclullfL._'~,ly or exclusively CD4 T cells, and thus one c_n expand and "rescue" the CD4 cells that were initially present in limiting amounts.
5 l~xarnple 5: Use nf CPII S ~ or C ' F. ~ of B7 on CD4+ T ~ to r~
T CPII i . ,~ -To determine the time of T cell, ~ changes in cell volume were monitored usmg a Coulter Counter ZM interfaced with a Coulter. CD28+, CD4+ T cells were isolated as described by magnetic ;11111111..., ,. 1. ,,1;. ",, and cultured in the presence of amti-CD28 mAb 9.3 (0.5 ~Lg/ml) and lC ' ' with plastic i~rAA,hili7.'~i anti-CD3 mnnn~AlnnAl amtibody G194 as indicted. Figure 9 ,l...,....~ the cyclic changes in cell volume during six CVl~ Ve l~ ("Sl " to "S6") performed essentially as described in Example 1.
Briefly, cells were expanded with anti-CD3 and anti-CD28 over three weeks in culture. Cells were changed to fresh medium at each l~ IA ;1111 with anti-CD3 antibody. !~8 ", .
were spaced at ten day intervals. The cells were . ' ' whenever cell volume decreased to <400 fl.
In anot_er ~ r t, cyclic expression of the B7-1 antigen was used to determine the time for T cell ,, ' The cells obtained from the experiment shown in Figure 10 were stained with a CAl~A-41g fusion protein (obtained from Repligen t'nrrnrAtinn see also Linsley P.S. et al. (1991) J. Exp. Med. 174, 561-569) and analyzed by flow cytometry to measure B7-1 receptor expression. It was determined that CD4+ T cells do not initially express the B7-1 receptor, and that with culture, expression is induced. Further, the B7-1 expression was found to be transient, and to be re-induced with repeated anti-CD3 Esarnple 6: r of C ' ~ ~ by T t~llc F " ~ & Ar~i-CD28 C~ - ' "
F~l,. . ;".. .,l~ were conducted to analy~ the cytokines produced by T cells following anti-CD28 s~ lAtinn CD28+/CD4+ T cells were isolated as described in the previous examples. The cells were stimulated with plastic; --- .i.;l;,. ;i anti-CD3 mAb amd IL-2 (200 30 U/ml), or anti-CD3 and anti-CD28 without added l~ L.l~i. The cells were lca-ill.J!~b,d with anti-CD3 antibody as determined by changes in cell volume as described in Example 5.
Cell culture supernatant was removed at the time points indicated and amaly~d for IL-2 (Figure 11), GM-CSF (Figure 12), and TNF-a (Figure 13). IL-2 was determined by bioassay on CTLL-2 cells while TNF-a and GM-CSF were measured by ELISA accordir g to 35 ...A.. r~ ~ U~,livl~ (TNFa, GMCSF:R&D Systems, Mimneapolis, MN). The data shownforthevariouscytokinesarefromseparate,~l,..;- ..,~ Inother..p..; ..I~(not shown) anti-CD3 plus anti-CD28 stimulation was shown to cause high levels of IL-4 and IL-~~VO 9~;/33823 2 ~ 9 1 5 8 6 ~ ~ PCT/US94113782 5 in culture ~ after a,u~l~ ly day 10 of culture, although only small amoumts of these cytokines were present during the early period of culture.
The pattems of cytokine secretion with cells expanded by several rP~timnlotil~neaccording to the protocol described in the examples was compared to cells expanded with 5 amti-CD3 plus IL-2 over three weeks in culture. Cells were changed to fresh medium at each r. ~tim~ tinn with anti-CD3 antibody. Stim~ofi--ns were spaced at ten day intervals. After 24 hours of further culture, an aliquot of cell culture supernat nt was removed for assay.
ELISA assays for individual cytokines were performed with kits from various suppliers (IL-2:T Cell Diagnostics, Cambridge, MA; IFN-1~ Endogen, Inc., Boston, MA; IL~, TNFa, 10 GMCSF:R&D Systems, ~.~i. ", ap.~ , MN) according to directions supplied with the kits. As can be seen from the results of a l~,ul~,s~,llLaLivc experiment shown in Table 2, the two protocols result in very similar levels of IL-2 and IL-4 secretion. The higher levels of GM-CSF and TNFa secretion with anti-CD3 and anti-CD28 ~ timnloti~m suggests that tne plulirclaLivc capacity of this ~ , of stimuli may be due in part to its ability to 15 stimulate an autocrine loop.
Table 2 C~ , ~ of cytokines secreted by T cells expanded with anti-CD3 and IL-2 versus T cells expanded with anti-CD3 and anti-CD28.
C.., . .'i,.18 ~.. of IyllluLokille in pg/ml S ' Costimulus IL-2 IFN-y IL4 GM-CSF TNFa cycle Sl IL-2 20714 1458 16 2303 789 aCD28 13794 2211 14 3812 3387 aCD28 28411 56600 1030 138207 13448 aCD28 14129 12583 1044 120418 5969 W0 95133823 2 1 9 1 5 8 ~ PCIIUS94113782 Example7: r ~ ~ of TCellsF " ~ A ~D28S- ' The po~ ull~l;Ly of a population of T cells following stimulation with an anti-CD3 and an anti-CD28 antibody as described in the preceding examples was ~Ptrrminrd CD28+/CD4+ T cells were isolated as described in the previous examples. The cells were S stimulated with plastic immr~hili7Pd anti-CD3 mAb and anti-CD28 mAb and FACS analysis conducted essentially as described in Example 4 using a panel of anti-TCR antibodies (V135a, V,B5b, V~5c, V~6a, V~8a, V!312a and V~2a) obtained from r~ ~ The polyclonality of the T cell population was determined before (Day 1) and after stimulation (Day 24). As shown in Figure 14, tbe TCR diversity of a population of T cells stimulated through CD28 is maintained at day 24.
Example 8: t~ ~' of CPll e ~ ~ ~ of T CPIIC f l~TTV+ ' IllV-l ' ' ' F -' ~ A ' ~DZ8 8' ' ' Another series Of ~ - was conducted to determine the expression of various T
cell surf~e markers on cells from HIV :~ClU~/Ua;LiVC and 7~lull~,t;adve individuals expanded ~cording to the procedures described in the previous examples. CD28+/CD4+ T cells were obtained as described herein. In these . . the anti-CD3 mAb was labeled with a first label (e.g., rhodamine) and the appropriate second antibody (e.g., anti-CD28, anti-CD4, anti-CD8) was labeled with a second label (e.g., fluorescein). T cells were stimulated with plastic immt hili7r~1 amti-CD3 m--Ab and anti-CD28 mAb as described herein and the percent of T cells expressing a variety of cell surface markers at differenct ' (i.e., Sl, S2 and S3) determined by FACS analysis. As shown in ~igures 15 and 16, the overall cell surface marker distribution on T cells obtained from HIV s~,~v~u:~iLi~, and :~CI~ ,, ve mdividuals is ~ lu~ihl._-~ly the same throughout the stimulation assay. It is noteworthy that the presence of one cell surface marker, CD45RA, which is a marker for naive T cells, declines over the com se of CD28 stimulated T cell expansion. In contrast, the percent of T
cells expressing-the memory T cell surface marker, CD45RO, increases with CD28 stim~ tilm Thus, T cell expansion through CD28 stimulation preferentially expands memory T cells or converts naive T cells to memory T cells. It should be noted that the decline m the percent of T cells expressing CD28 is an artifact of the experiment due to the presence of anti-CD28 amtibody in the T cell culture throughout the assay. The presence of anti-CD28 amtibody prevents staining of the CD28 antigen.
Example g: 1 _ T~ Growth of CD8+ T rPIlc With A ~1)~
r~ ' ' A ' ' - ~ 2rl8 FYpPrir- Pnte were conducted to determine whether a population of CD8+ T cells could be ,ulef~lc;ll~ lly expanded by stimulation with an anti-CD3 mAb and a amtibody 2D8. CD28+ T cells were obtained essentially as described m Example I . To assay ~W0 95133823 2 1 9 1 5 ~ 6 ~ PCTIUS94/13782 for CD8 expression, a primary anti-CD8 antibody and a labeled appropriate secondary antibody were used in FACS analysis to detennine the percent positive cells. As shown in Figure 17, at day 7 following stimulation of T cells with the anti-CD3 mAb G19-4sp and the mAb 2d8, the CD8+ fraction had increased from ~ u~hllat~ly 20% to over 4û%. Another 5 ,"..".~,l. ."~l antibody ER4.7GI I (referred to as 7GI 1) was also found to stimulate CD8+ T
cells. This antibody was raised against ~ human CTLA4 and has been deposited with the ATCC on June 3, 1994 at Accession No. 11642. This result indicates that binding of either a distinct region of CTLA4 or of a cross-reactive cell surface protein selectively activates CD8+ T cells.
E~amplclO~ F4- of -rl - ' 'A ' 1, 2n~ ~cr ~ _ -CDg ~
To detemine the epitope of the ".. .",.,l. I..AI antibody 2D8, epitope mapping was performed by phage display library (PDL) screening and was confirmed using synthetic 15 peptides. A random 20 amino acid PDL was prepared by cloning a degenerate ,~lig~.. " .. l. . ,l if lr imto the fUSE5 vector (SCOK~ J.K. and Smith, G.P. (1990) Science 2~ 386-390) as described in Cwirla, S.E. et al. (1990) Proc. NatL A.cad. Sci. U~ 87:6378-6382. The PDL was used to identify short peptides that specifically bound mAb 2D8 by a lll;~
technique described in Jellis, C.L. et al. (1993) Gene 137:63-68. Individual phage clones werepurifiedfromthelibrarybyvirtueoftheiraffmityfori".,.,.-l,!i,~.lmAbandtheramdom peptide was identified by DNA ~Pq -Pnf inFI Briefly, mAb 2D8 was coatcd onto Nunc Maxisorp 96 well plates amd incubated with 5 x 101~ phage l~ 8 x 106 different phage displaying random 20 amino acid peptides. S, ~~ "~, bound phage were eluted, amplified, then incubated with the antibody a second time. After the third round, 7 phage were isolated, and DNA was prepared for ~eql~Pn~ inp Sequence analysis of these clones ,l ' that three of the seven sequences were identical amd a fourth was similar:
2D8#2(SEQIDNO: I) HQFCDHWGCWLLRETHIFTP
2D8#4 HQFCDHWGCWLLRETHIFTP
2D8#10 HQFCDHWGCWLLRETHIFTP
2D8#6(SEQIDNO:2) LRLVLEDPGIWLRPDYFFPA
Based on this data an epitope of G X W L X DIE (SEQ ID NO: 8) was proposed.
In addition to CTLA4, a second antigen for mAb 2D8 was discovered usmg cDNA
expression cloning.
wO gs/33823 2 1 9 1 5 8 6 PCTIUS9~/13782 A. C-.nctr~rti-~n of a ~AnNA F.~rrcci~-n T ihrary A cDNA library was constructed in the pCDM8 vector (Seed, (1987) Na~ure ~:840) using poly (A)+ RNA isolated from activated T cells as described (Aruffo et al. (1987) Proc.
~latl. Acad. Sci. USA ~L:3365). To prepare total RNA, T cells were harvested from culture 5 and the cell pellet 1~ ,;, . d in a solution of 4 M guanidine thiocyanate, 0.5 ~/O sarkosyl, 25 mM EDTA, pH 7.5, 0.13 % Sigma anti-foam A, and 0.7 % ~ v~ nl RNA was purified from the 1-."... ,~;. - '- by c~ ntrifi~g,Atil~n for 24 hour at 32,000 rpm through a solution of 5.7 M CsCI, 10 mM EDTA, 25 mM Na acetate, pH 7. The pellet of RNA was dissolved in 5 % sarkosyl, I mM EDTA, 10 mM Tris, pH 7.5 and extracted with two volumes of 50 %
phenol, 49 % chloroform, I % isoamyl alcohol. RNA was ethanol ~c~ ;L~L~d twice. Poly (A)+ RNA used in cDNA library c~ ;" - 1;.~,, was purified by two cycles of oligo (dT)-cellulose selection.
DNA was synthesized from 5.5 ,ug of poly(A)+ RNA in a reaction containing 50 mM Tris, pH 8.3, 75 mM KCI, 3 mM MgC12, 10 mM .~ 11, 500 IlM
dATP, dCTP, dGTP, dTTP, 50 ~lg/ml oligo(dT)12 18, 180 units/ml RNasin, and 10,000 units/ml Mol~ I\~Y reverse 1~ - in a total volume of 55 ~LI at 37 ~C for I hr.
Following reverse n - ;~ the cDNA was converted to double-stranded DNA by adjusting the solution to 25 mM Tris, pH 8.3, 100 mM KCI, 5 mM MgC12, 250 ~LM each dATP, dCTP, dGTP, dTTP, 5 mM ' ' ' c .1 250 units/ml DNA polymerase I, 8.5 units/mlrih.~n.~ Ac~Handincubatingat 16~Cfor2hr. EDTAwasaddedto 18mMand the solution was extracted with an equal volume of 50 % phenol, 49 % chloroform, I %
isoamyl alcohol. DNA was ~1~ , ' with two volumes of ethanol in the presence of 2.5 M ammonium acetate amd with 4 ~ of linear ~U~ n as carrier. In addition, cDNA was synthesized from 411g of poly(A)+ RNA in a reaction containing 50 mM Tris, pH
8.8, 50 ~Lg/ml oligo(dT)12 18, 327 units/ml RNasin, and 952 units/ml AMV reversein a total volume of 1001l1 at 42 ~C for 0.67 hr. Following reverse u. - . ;~
the reverse ~ was inactivated by heating at 70 ~C for 10 min. The cDNA was converted to double-stranded DNA by adding 320 ~LI H20 and 80 111 of a solution of O.lM
Tris, pH 7.5, 25 mM MgC12, 0.5 M KCI, 250 llg/ml bovine serum albumm, and 50 mM
liLvLLl~ 1, and adjusting the solution to 200 IlM each dATP, dCTP, dGTP, dTTP, 50 units/ml DNA poly.ll.,.~., I, 8 units/ml l i ' H and mcubating at 16 ~C for 2 hours.
EDTA was added to 18 mM and the solution was extracted with an equal volume of 50 %
phenol, 49 % chloroform, I % isoamyl alcohol. DNA was precipitated with two volumes of ethanol in the presence of 2.5 M ammonium acetate and with 4 lll;~.l~J~;l~.l.~ of linear pol~lyLI.ide as carrier.
The DNA from 4 ,ug of AMV reverse t. . and 2.0 llg of Moloney MLV
reverse u A- '- ' 11~ 1 were combined. Non 5 1 r. . ~ Y BstXI adaptors were added to the DNA as follows: The double-stranded cDNA from 61~g of poly(A)+ RNA was incubated ~W095133823 2 1 9 1 5 8 6 1; PCI/US94113782 with 3.6 !lg of a kinased ~ gnn~ poti~lp of the sequence CTTTAGAGCACA (SEQ ID NO:
5) and 2.4 llg of a kinased .1 ir~ fU~ P of the sequence CTCTAAAG in a solution containing 6 mM Tris, pH 7.5, 6 mM MgC12, 5 mM NaCI, 350 llg/ml bovine serum albumin, 7 mM ~ iu~ -1, 0.1 mM ATP, 2 mM d;:L;uLLc:iLul, I mM cpPrmi~inP and 600 units S T4 DNA ligase in a total volume of 0.45 ml at 15 ~C for 16 hours. EDTA was added to 34 mM and the solution was extracted with an equal volume of 50 % phenol, 49 ~/O chloroform, I % isoamyl alcohol. DNA was ,u~, , ' with two volumes of ethanol in the presence of 2.5 M :lmm~-nil-m acetate.
DNA larger than 600 bp was selected as follows: The adaptored DNA was redissolved in 10 mM Tris, pH 8, 1 mM EDTA, 600 mM NaCI, 0.1 ~~c sarkosyl and .,L, ~ ' ' on a Sepharose CL-4B column in the same buffer. DNA in the void volume of the column (containing DNA greater than 600bp) was pooled and ethanol ,u.c .
The pCDM8 vector was prepared for cDNA cloning by digestion with BstXI and IJ. " ~ ;. .11 on an agarose gel. Adaptored cDNA from 6 llg of poly(A)+RNA was ligated to 2.25 ~Lg of BstXI cut pCDM8 in a solution containing 6 mM Tris, pH 7.5, 6 mM MgC12, 5 mM NaCI, 350 llg/ml bovine serum albumin, 7 mM 1ll~ u~ u - --,~1 0.I mM ATP, 2 mM
dilliuLLc;Lol~ I mM . ~ ' and 600 units T4 DNA ligase in a total volume of 1.5 ml at 15 ~C for 24 hr. The ligation re~tion mixture was then I ","~ r ., . ~ into competent E.coli DHIOB/P3 by standard techniques.
Plasmid DNA was prepared from a 500 ml culture of the original I, "" r " .~;,," of the cDNA librOEy. Plasmid DNA was purified by the alkaline Iysis procedure followed by twice bamding in CsCI P~lnilihrillTn gradients (Maniatis et al, Molecular Cloning: A
Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring HOEbor, NY (1987)).
B. fllmir~T ProrP~ e In the cloning procedure, the cDNA expression librOEy was introduced into MOP8 cells (ATCC No. CRL1709) using 1;~ and the cells screened with mAb 2D8 to identify ~. . f . 1 . t' expressing a 2D8 ligand on their surface. In the first round of screening, thilty 100 mm dishes of 50 % confluent COS cells were transfected with 0.05 llg/ml activated T cell librOEy DNA using the DEAE-Dextram method (Seed, B. et al. (1987) Proc. Nafl. Acad. Sci. U~4 84:3365). The cells were trypsinized and re-plated after 24 hours.
After 47 hours, the cells were det~hed by incubation in PBS/0.5 mM EDTA, pH 7.4/0.02 %
Na azide at 37 ~C for 30 min.
Detached cells were treated with 10 ~Lg/ml mAb 2D8. Cells were incubated with the 1".. .~ 1 OEntibody for 45 rninutes at 4~C. Cells were washed and distributed into pOEming dishes coated with affinity-purified goat anti-mouse IgG antibody amd allowed to attach at room i , c. After 3 hours, the plates were gently washed twice with PBS/0.5 mM
EDTA, pH 7.4/0.02 % Na azide, 5% FCS and once with 0.15 M NaCI, 0.01 M Hepes, pH
WO 9~133823 2 ~ 9 1 5 8 6 , ~ I ~ PCTIIJS94/13782 7.4,5 % FCS. Unbound cells were thus removed and episomal DNA was recovered from the adherent panned cells by conventional techniques.
Episomal DNA was ~ .", . ;l into E. coli DHl OB/P3. The plasmid DNA was re-introduced into MOP8 cells using I ;~ f I - - -; 1 If ~ and the cycle of expression amd panning was 5 repeated twice. Cells expressing a 2D8 ligand were selected by panning on dishes coated with goat anti-mouse IgG antibody. After the third round of screening, plasmid DNA was prepared from mdividual colonies and transfected mto MOP8 cells by the DEAE-Dextran method. Expression of a 2D8 ligamd on transfected MOP8 cells was analyzed by indirect immunonuulcDc.,u.,e with mAb 2D8 (See Figure 18).
DNA from one clone (mpS) identified as positive by FACS analysis was sequenced using standard techniques. FASTA analysis of the arnino acid sequence of mpS identified a matching protein, CD9~ in the GCG data banks. The full amino acid sequence of CD9 is shown below (SEQ ID NO: 6).
BESTFIT analysis of the phage epitopes of mAb 2D8 to the amino acid sequence of 15 CD9 revealed a close match:
G C W L L R E (phage 2D8#2, 4, 10; SEQ ID NO: 3) G I W L R P D (phage 2D8#6; SEQ ID NO: 4) G L W L R F D (CD9 sequence; SEQ ID NO: 7) 2û
FT DOMAIN 111 194 EXIRACELLULAR (PROBABLE) FT DOMAIN 221 227 CYTOPLASMIC (PROBABLE) FT CONFLICT 8 8 C ~ S (INREF. 1) FT CONFLICT 66 66 G ~ A (IN REF. 1) FT CONFLICT 193 193 MISSING (IN REF. I) SQ SEQUENCE = ~7AA; 25285MW; 261251 CN;
Cd9_Human Length: ~7 May25,1994 14:10 Type: P Check: 1577 (SEQ ID NO: 6) PVKGGTKCIK YLLFGFNFIF WLAGIAVLAI GLWLRFDSQT KSIFEQETNN
101 IEIAAAI~VGY SHKDEVIKEV Qkl YKI) l Y~K LKTKDEPQRE TLKAIHYALN
~ WO 95/33823 2 1 9 1 ~ 8 6 PC~/US94/13782 1~1 CCGLAGGVEQ FISDICPKKD VLETFTVKSC PDAIKEVFDN KFHIIGAVGI
201 GL~WMIFGM IFSMILCCAI RRNREMV
EOUIVAT,T~ l~ITS
Those skilled in the art vill recogmzc, or be able to ascertain using no more than routine ~ ~p ~ many equivalents to the specific .......... ,.,1"~ ofthe invention described herein. Such equivalents are intended to be ~ l by the follo ving claims.
WO95/33823 2 ~ 9 1 58~ ;, . PCTr~S94/13782 SEQUENCE LISTING
(1) GENERAL l~ru~A'l lU~:
~i) APPLICANT:
(A) NAME: THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA AS ~ l~ BY THE
SECRETARY OF THE NAVY
(B) STREET: BALLSTON TOWER ONE, 800 NORTH Q~INCY STREET
(C) CITY: ARLINGTON
(D) STATE: VIRGINIA
(E) COUNTRY: USA
(F) POSTAL CODE (ZIP): 22217 (G) TELEPHONE:
(H) TELEFAX:
(i) APPLICANT:
(A) NAME: THE REGENTS OF THE U~l~Kbl'~l OF MICHIGAN
(B) STREET: 3003 SO~TH STATE STREET, WOLVERINE TOWER, ROOM 2071 (C) CITY: ANN ARBOR
(D) STATE: MICHIGAN
(E) COUNTRY: USA
(F) POSTAL CODE (ZIP): 48109 (G) TELEPHONE:
(H) TELEFAX:
(i) APPLICANT:
(A) NAME: REPLIGEN CORPORATION
(B) STREET: ONE RENDALL SQUARE, B~ILDING 700 (C) CITY: CAMBRIDGE
(D) STATP: M~c.Q~Tc~TTS
(E) COUNTRY: ~SA
(F) POSTAL CODF (ZIP): 02139 (3) TELEPHONE: (617)225-6000 (H~ TELEFAX: ~617)494-1975 (i~ APPLICANT:
(A) NAME: DANA-FARBER CANCER INSTITUTE
~B) STREET: 44 BINNEY STREET
~C) CITY: BOSTON
~D) STATE: "~CcD~Tc~TTs ~B) CO~NTRY: USA
~F) POSTAL CODE ~ZIP): 02115 ~G) TELEPHONE:
~H) TELEFAX:
~ii) TITLE OF INVENTION: NETHODS FOR SELECTE~ELY a~ TTNr PROLIFERATION OF T-CELLS
~iii) N~MBER OF SEQUEN OES: 8 ~iv) UU~I ADDRESS:
~A) ADDRESSEE: LAHIVE ~ COCXFIELD
~B) STREET: 60 STATE STREET, SUITE 510 ~C) CITY: BOSTON
~D) STATE: MA
~E) COUNTRY: USA
~F) ZIP: 02109 ~ W09~33823 2 1 9 1 5 8 6 ~ r ~ PCTrUS9~/13782 (v) COMPUTER READABLE FORM:
(A) MEDIUM TYPE: Ploppy disk (B) COMPUTER: IBM PC compatible (c) OPERATING SYSTEM: PC-DOS/MS-DOS
(D) SOFTWARE: ASCII TEXT
(vi) CURRENT APPLICATION DATA:
(A) APPLICATION NUMBER:
(B) FILrNG DATE:
(C) CLASSIFICATION:
(vii) PRIOR APPLICATION DATA:
(A) APPLICATION NUMBER: US 08/253,751 (B) FILING DATE: 4 ~UNE 1994 (A) APPLICATION NUMBER: US 0S/253,964 (B) FILING DATE: 4 JUNE 1994 (viii) ATTORNEY/AGENT INFORMATION:
(A) NAME: r~r~r.~rr~Dq, AMY E.
(B) REGISTRATION NUMBER: 36,207 (C) REFERENCE/DOCXET NUMBER: RPI-002CPP2 (ix) Tr.~r.r..~.. 'NI~TION INFORMATION:
(A) TELEPHONE: (617) 227-7400 (B) TELEFAX: (617) 227-5941 (2) INFORMATION POR SEQ ID NO:l:
(i) SEQUENCE ~rD~rTRr~T.CTICS
(A) LENGTH: 20 amino acids (B) TYPE: amino acid (D) TOPOLOGY: li~ear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide (xi) SEQUENCE ~r.~LKlrll~N.: SEQ ID NO:1:
HiB Gl~ Phe Cys Asp His Trp Gly CYB Trp Leu Leu Arg Glu Thr His Ile Phe Thr Pro (2) lNrvKr~ll~N. FOR SEQ ID NO:2:
(i) SEQUENOE r~r~
(A) LENGTH: 20 amino acids (B) TYPE: amino acid (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MoLECrJLE TYPE: peptide W O95/33823 2 1 9 1 5 8 6 . ~ PCT~US94/13782 -(xi) SEQUEN OE ~b - KlL''llVN: SEQ ID NO:2:
5 ~eu Arg Leu Val Leu Glu Asp Pro Gly Ile Trp Leu Arg Pro Acp Tyr , 15 Phe Phe Pro Ala (2) INFORM~TION FOR SEQ ID NO:3:
(i) SE9UENCE C~D~DrT~T.~TIcs:
(A) LENGTH: 7 amino acids (B) TYPE: amino acid (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECUBE TYPE: peptide (xi) SEQUENCE LJKbUKl~llU~: SEQ ID NO:3:
Gly Cyc Trp Leu Leu Arg Glu (2) lN~'~ ' lUL~ FOR SEQ ID NO:4:
(i) SEQUENCE rnD~D~ . ~ I ~Ll - b:
(A~ LENGTE: 7 amino acidc (B) TYPE: amino acid (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide (xi) SEQUENCE L~:bUKlrllUL~: SEQ ID Nû:4:
Gly Ile Trp Leu Arg Pro Asp (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:S:
(i) SEQUENCE r~ ~ D rT~ r.cTIcs (A) LENGTU: 9 amino acid~
(B) TYPE: amino acid (D~ TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide ... . . .. , ... . ... _ ~ W O95/33823 2 1 9 i ~ 8 6 ':; i ' t - PCTiUS94/13782 ~3-(ix) FEATU~E:
(A) NAME/KEY: misc_~eature (B) LOCATION: 8 (D) OTHER INFORMATION: /label=Xaa is Asp or Glu S
(xi) SEQUEN OE J~:~O~l~ll~: SEQ ID N0:5:
Xaa Gly Xaa Trp Leu Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa s (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:6:
(i) SEQUENCE r~T~T.CTICS:
(A) LENGT~: 227 amino acids (B) TYPE: amino ac~d (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide (xi) SEQUENOE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:6:
Pro Val Lys Gly Gly Thr Ly~ Cys Ile Lys Tyr Leu Leu Phe Gly Phe Asn Phe Ile Phe Trp Leu Ala Gly Ile Ala Val Leu Ala Ile Gly Leu Trp Leu Arg Phe Asp Ser Gln Thr Lys Ser Ile Phe Glu Gln Glu Thr35 40 45 Asn Asn Asn Asn Ser Ser Phe Tyr Thr Gly Val Tyr Ile Leu Ile Gly Ala Gly Ala Leu Met Met Leu Val Gly Phe Leu Gly Cys Cy~ Gly Ala Val Gln Glu Ser Gln Cys Met Leu Gly Leu Phe Phe Gly Phe Leu Leu Val Ile Phe Ala Ile Glu Ile Ala Ala Ala Ile Trp Gly Tyr Ser ~is loo loS llO
Lys Asp Glu Val Ile Lya Glu Val Gln Glu Phe Tyr Lys Asp Thr Tyr Asn Lys Leu Lys Thr Lys Asp Glu Pro Gln Arg Glu Thr Leu Lys Ala Ile ~is~Tyr Ala Leu Asn Cys Cys Gly Leu Ala Gly Gly Val Glu Gln Phe Ile Ser A~p Ile Cys Pro Lys Ly8 Asp Val Leu Glu Thr Phe Thr W O9~/33823 2 1 9 1 5 8 6 ~ PCTrUS9~/13782 -Val Ly6 Ser Cys Pro A6p Ala Ile Lys Glu Val Phe A6p Asn Lys Phe 180 185 ~ 190 Hi8 Ile Ile Gly Ala Val Gly Ile Gly Ile Ala~Val Val Met Ile Phe Gly Met Ile Phe Ser Met Ile Leu Cy6 Cy6 Ala Ile Arg Arg Asn Arg 210 ~ 215 220 Glu Met Val (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:7:
~i~ SEQ~BNCB r~o~rTRoT.cTIcs (A~ LENGTH: 7 amino acid8 ~B~ TYPB: amino acid (D~ TOPOLOGY: linear (ii~ MOLBCULB TYPB: peptide (xi~ SBQUEN OE ~bU~l~llU~: SEQ ID NO:7:
Gly Leu Trp Leu Arg Phe A8p (2~ INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:8:
(i~ SEQUEN OE r~ ll b:
(A~ LBNGTH: 6 amino acid6 (B~ TYPE: amino acid (D~ TOPOLOGY: li~ear (ii~ MOLECULE TYPE: peptide (ix~ FEATURE:
(A~ = /XBY: misc_~eature (B~ Lor-ATIoN: 6 (D~ OTBBR 1~ -'TT~N: /laoel~Xaa is Asp or Glu (xi~ SEQ~BN OE J~bU~l~llU~: SBQ ID NO:8:
Gly Xaa Trp Leu Xaa Xaa
PROLIFER~TION OF T CELLS
p~ ' nf " - T
The dc ~ ~IV,UIII~,IIL of techniques for ,ulu~uat5aLil~g T cell pU,UUIdtiulls in vitro has been crucial to many of the recent advances in the ~ l~ L ~ ~ - . l; "p of T cell recognition of antigen and T cell activation. The du~,luu~ t of culture methods for the generation of human antigen-specific T cell clones has been useful in defining antigens expressed by pathogens 10 and tumors that are recogm~d by T cells to establish methods of ;~ '.y to trcat a variety of human diseases. Antigen-specific T cells can be expanded in vitro for use in adoptive cellular i 1 - ~ in which infusions of such T cells have been shown to have anti-tumor reactivity in a tumor-bearing host. Adoptive ;. ~ h ~ has also been used to treat viral infections in ;- - ~ In~ ., . .l " Ulll;.~.,d individuals.
Techniques for expanding human T cells in vitro have relied on the use of ~cessory cells and exogenous growth factors, such as IL-2. The use of IL-2 and, for exarnple, an anti-CD3 antibody to stimulate T cell proliferation is knov~n to expand the CD8+, ~ ,u~...1-: ;....
of T cells. The IC ~ 11.,..' for MHC-matched antigen presenting cells as accessory cells presents a significant problem for long-term culture systems. Antigen presenting cells are 20 relatively short lived. Thus, in a long-term culture system, antigen presenting cells must be ~ / obtained from a source and rerlf ni~h~d The necessity for a renewable supply of accessory cells is u-ul,l~ a ic for treatment of; " .. l l In.1~ f ~ in which accessory cells are affected. In addition, when treating viral infection, accessory cells which may carry the virus may result in of the entire T cell population during long term culture.
25 An altemative culture method to clone and expand human T cells in vitro in the absence of exogenous growth factor and accessory cells would be of significant benefit.
S of"-I
~ This invention pertains to methods for selectively inducing ex vivo expansion of a 30 population of T cells in the absence of exogenous growth factors, such as l~ l l .lll .nk ;. .~ ~, and accessory cells. In addition, T ceU ~u~ulif~ Liu~ can be mduced without the need for amtigen, thus providing an expanded T cell population which is polyclonal with respect to antigen reactivity. The method provides for sustained ,ululif~,laLiu.. of a selected population of CD4+
or CD8+ T cells over an extended period of time to yield a multi-fold increase in the number 35 of these cells relative to the original T cell population.
According to the method of the invention, a population of T cells is induced to proliferate by activating the T cells and stimulating an accessory molecule on the surface of the T cells with a ligamd which binds the accessory molecule. Activation of a population of T
cells is -. ~ .. ~,I;~h.. 1 by contacting the T cells with a frrst agent which stimulates a TCR/CD3 complex-associatea signal in the T cells. Stimulation of the TCR/CD3 complex-associated signal in a T cell is ~ ~ . ." ~ ' . A either by ligation of the T cell receptor (TCR)/CD3 complex or the CD2 surface protein, or by directly stimulating receptor-coupled sigmaling pathways. Thus, an anti-CD3 antibody, an anti-CD2 antibody, or a protein kinase 5 C ~tivator in conjl nrtinn with a calcium ionophore is used to activate a population of T
cells.
To induce ~luli~t;laliull, an activated population of T cells is contacted with a second agent which stimulates an accessory molecule on the surface of the T cells. For example, a population of CD4+ T cells can be stimulated to proliferate with an anti-CD28 antibody 10 directed to the CD28 molecule on the surf~e of the T cells. Plulif.laliull of a population of CD8+ T cells is a 1 l ' ' by use of a " ,.~ antibody ES5.2D8 which binds toCD9, an accessory molecule having a molecular weight of about 27 kD present on activated T cells. Alternatively, plvlif,laLiull of an antivated population of T cells can be induced by stimulation of one or more intr~rPII ' signals which result from ligation of an accessory 15 molecule, such as CD28.
Following activation and stimulation of an accessory molecule on the surface of the T
cells, the progress of 1 ~ . 8; f. ~1;. . of the T cells in response to continuing exposure to the ligand or other agent wbich acts; ~ d.y to simulate a pathway mediated by the accessory molecule is monitored. When the rate of T cell plulirc~alivn decreases, the T cells 20 are re~tivated and ' 1, such as with additional amti-CD3 antibody and a co-stimulatory ligamd, to induce further plulir~la~iv~1 In one I, . ,ho.l;., ~ the rate of T cell plvlif~,laLivll is monitored by examining cell size. Altematively, T cell plulir~;~aLiu-- is monitored by assaying for expression of cell surface molecules in response to exposure to the ligand or other agent, such as B7-1 or B7-2. The monitoring and l~i ' of the T cells 25 can be repeated for sustained proliferation to produce a population of T cells increased m number from about 100- to about I 00,000-fold over the original T cell population.
The method of the invention can be used to expand selected T cell l~uuuldLivll~ for use in treating an infectious disease or cancer. The resulting T cell population can be genetically transduced and used for ~ ' , y or can be used for in vitro analysis of infectious 30 agents such as HIV. r~ulif~,~divll of a population of CD4+ cells obtained from am mdividual infected with HIV can be achieved and the cells rendered resistant to HIV infection.
Following expansion of the T cell population to sufficient numbers, the expanded T cells are restored to the individual. Similarly, a population of tumor-infiltrating IYIIIIJI~V~ can be obtained from an individual afflicted with cancer and the T cells stimulated to proliferate to 35 sufficient numbers and restored to the individual. In addition, ~ from cultures of T
cells expanded in accordance with the method of the mvention are a rich source of cytokines and can be used to sustain T cells in vivo or ex vivo.
~ WO 95/33823 2 1 9 1 5 8 ~ v .. Ç I i PCTNS94113782 l~riPf I~.c~ ~ of . ~ ~
Figure I depicts in vi~ro growth curves of CD4+ peripheral blood T cells in response to culture with either an anti-CD3 antibody and interleukin-2 (IL-2) (---), an anti-CD3 antibody and an anti-CD28 antibody mAb 9.3 (0-0) or PHA only 5 (~
Figure 2 depicts the growth curve of CD4+ peripheral blood T cells cultured in fetal calf serum and either anti-CD3 amtibodies and IL-2 (---) or an anti-CD3 amtibody and an anti-CD28 antibody, mAb 9.3 (0-0).
Figure 3 depicts the growth curves of CD4+ peripheral blood T cells cultured in the 10 presence of phorbol myristic acid (PMA) and ionomycin with or without IL-2, or with an anti-CD28 antibody, mAb 9.3. The symbols are as follows: PMA and ionomycin (P+l) is rppre~p~Afpd by ([~); PMA, ionomycin and IL-2 (P+l+IL-2) is represented by (-); and PMA, ionomycin and anti-CD28 antibody (P+1+9.3) is represented by (-).
Figure 4 is a schematic ~ ,a;,llLiivll of the selective expansion of CD4+ T cells 15 following CD28 stimulation in e~ ... to T cell stimulation with IL-2.
Figure 5 depicts fluorescent activated cell sorter analysis (FACS) in which cells were stained after isolation (day 0, panel A), or after 26 days in culture with eitber CD28 stimulation (panel B) or IL-2 culture (panel C), with lJh ~v.,ly i' conjugated anti-CD3, CD4,CD80rwithanlgG2acontrol ~' 'antibodyandn,....r~.A-equantifiedwitha flow cytometer.
Figure 6 shows FACS analysis of the EX5.3D10 .. ,.. ~ antibody depicting reactivity with CD28 im ~ to an anti-CD28 .". ~ .L.I~ ~ antibody 9.3. The following cell lines were tested: Panel A, ~ ' CH0-DG44 cells; Panel B, CH0-HH cells; Panel C, unactivated peripheral blood Iylll~ho~ , and Panel D, Jurkat No. 7 cells.
Figure 7 shows FACS analysis of the ES5.2D8 . ' ' amtibody depicting the binding reactivity with the following cell lines: Panel A, CH0-DG44 cells; Panel B, CH0-105A cells; Panel C, unactivated human peripheral blood Iy , ' - ~ ~." and Panel D, PMA
activated peripheral blood Iylll~JLul,~.
Figure 8 is a ~' , . ' depicting , . ~ analysis of detergent Iysates of surface labeled human activated T cells indicating that ~ 1 antibody ES5.2D8 reacts with a 27 kD cell surface protein.
Figure 9 depicts the increases in mean cell volume of CD4+ T cells following stimulation (Sl, S2, S3, S4, S5 and S6) with an anti-CD3 ' ' antibody and an anti-CD28 -' ' antibody over days in culture.
Figure 10 depicts the cyclic expression of B7-1 on CD4+ T cells following stimulation (Sl, S2, S3, S4, S5 and S6) with an anti-CD3 ' ' antibody and an anti-CD28 .. ~ antibody over days in culture.
WO 9~/33823 2 1 9 1 5 8 6 ; ~ PCT/US94113782 Figure 11 is a bar graph depicting the amount of IL-2 produced by CD4+ T cells following stimulation ~-vith an anti-CD3 mnnnrlnn,ql antibody and an anti-CD28 mrmn In-antibody or IL-2 over days in culture Figure 12 is a bar graph depicting the amount of granulocyte-llla,lu,uha~5., colony-stimulating factor (GM-CSF) produced by CD4+ T cells follo~-ving stimulation ~-vith an anti-CD3 """"~ antibody and an anti-CD28 - -' ' antibody or IL-2 over days in culture Figure 13 is a bar graph depicting the amount of tumor necrosis factor (TNF) produced by CD4+ T cells follovving stimulation vvith an anti-CD3,, nrl ~1 antibody and an anti-CD28,, ---~cl ~1 antibody or IL-2 over days in culture Figure 14 is a bar graph depicting the T cell receptor (TCR) diversity in CD4+ T cells followving stimulation ~-vith an anti-CD3, ",nrl ~ antibody and an anti-CD28 mnnn~ Inn antibody at day I and day 24 of culture Figure 15 depicts cell surface staining of CD4+ T cells obtained from an HIV
~LIUIl~,~ aLive individual follovving stimulation (S l, S2 and S3) vvith an anti-CD3 " ""r rl- ~ ~1 antibody amd an nti-CD28 n~ antibody over days in culture Figure 16 depicts cell surface staining of CD4+ T cells obtained from an HIV
upua;Live individual follovving stimulation (Sl, S2 and S3) vvitb an anti-CD3 mnnnrlr~n antibody and an anti-CD28 ""-~-n~ antibody over days in culture Figure 17 depicts expansion of CD8+ T cells follo ving stimulation witb an anti~CD3 ,, ~1 ",_1 antibody and an ' ' antibody ES5 7D8 at day 4 and day 7 of culture Figure 18 shows FACS ~malysis of the - -- rl. . -1 antibody ES5 2D8 (panels C and D) or a control IgG (panels A and B) depicting the binding reactivity with MOP cells transfected with a plasmid encûding the CD9 antigen n ~ of'-~ "
The methods of this invention enable the selective stimulation of a T cell population to proliferate and expand to sigmficant numbers in vilro in the absence of exogenous growth factors or accessûry cells Interaction between the T cell receptor (TCR)/CD3 complex and antigen presented in c ; with either major L ' . ' ~' ~' ' ~y complex (MHC) class I
or class 11 molecules on an antigen-presenting cell initiates a series of l~;r b , -I events termed antigen-specific T cell activation The term "T cell activation" is used herein to define a state in which a T cell response has been initiated or activated by a primary signal, such as through the TCRICD3 complex, but not necessarily due to interaction with a protein antigen A T cell is activated if it has received a primary signaling event which initiates an immume response by the T cell T cell ~tivation can be . ' ' ' by stimulatmg the T cell TCR/CD3 complex or via stimulation of the CD2 surface protein An anti-CD3 mnnn~lnnql antibody can be used to ~\W095133823 2 ~ 9 1 5 ~ 6 ~ , PCTNS94113782 _5 activate a population of T cells via the TCR/CD3 complex. Although a number of anti-human CD3 ,.1...,..~1., . 1 antibodies are commercially available, OKT3 prepared from hybridoma cells obtained from the American Type Culture Collection or ~, --1 ",,-1 antibody G19-4 is preferred. Similarly, binding of an anti-CD2 antibody will activate T cells.
5 Stimulatory forms of anti-CD2 ~mtibodies are known and available. Stimulation through CD2 with anti-CD2 antibodies is typically a.,. . ' ' I using a ~ 1.l "1.;., ~ ;. ." of at least two different anti-CD2 antibodies. Stimulatory r. ~ .C of anti-CD2 antibodies which have been described include the following: the T11.3 antibody in ~,...~.1~;~...1;..~ with the Tl l.l or T11.2 antibody (Meuer, S.C. et al. (1984) Cell 36:897-906) and the 9.6 antibody (which recognizes the same epitope as Tl 1.1) in .. , . ,1.; .. -~ Nith the 9- 1 antibody (Yang, S. Y. et al. (1986) ~ Immunol. 137:1097-1100). Other antibodies which bind to the same epitopes as any of the above described antibodies can also be used. Additional antibodies, or ., ",,1.8. ~ of antibodics, can be prepared and identifed by standard techniques.
A primary activation signal can also be delivered to a T cell through use of a 15 . ,... ~ .. 'f ;"' . of a protein kinase C (PKC) activator such as a phorbol ester (e.g., phorbol myristate acetate) and a calcium ionophore (e.g., ionomycin which raises cyL~ fic calcium, _ ). The use of thcse agents bypasses the TCR/CD3 complex but delivers a stimulatory signal to T cells. These agents are also known to exert a synergistic effect on T cells to promote T cell activation and can be used m the absence of antigen to 20 deliver a primary activation signal to T cells.
Although stimulation of the TCRICD3 complex or CD2 molecule is required for delivery of a primaly activation signal in a T cell, a number of molecules on the surface of T
cells, termed accessory or ' y molecules have been implicated in regulating the transition of a resting T cell to blast ~ ;. .,. and subsequent proliferation and 25 .1. ~ n Thus, in addition to the primary activation signal provided through the TCR/CD3 complex, induction of T cell responses requires a second,, ' y signal.
One such . ' y or accessory molecule, CD28, is believed to initiate or regulate a signal ~ , 1 ;. " . pathway that is distmct from those stimulated by the TCR complex.
Iy~ to mduce an activated population of T cells to proliferate (i.e., a 30 population of T cells that has received a primary activation signal) in the absence of exogenous growth factors or accessory cells, an accessor,v molecule on the surface of the T
cell, such as CD28, is stimulated with a ligand which binds the accessory molecule or with an agent which acts; '. .~ -- l y to stimulate a signal in the T cell mediated by binding of the accessory molecule. In one eli L - ' t, stimulation of the accessory molecule CD28 is 35 ~ by contactmg an activated population of T cells with a ligand which binds CD28. Activation of the T cells with, for example, an anti-CD3 antibody and stimulation of the CD28 accessory molecule results in selective proliferation of CD4+ T cells. An anti-CD28 ...., ,-1.- ~1 antibody or fragment thereof capable of ... v~ ; ..g the CD28 molecule, W095/33823 2 1 9 1 58~ PC'r/US94113782 ~
or a natural ligamd for CD28 (e.g., a member of the B7 family of proteins, such as B7-I(CD80) and B7-2 (CD86) (Freedman, A.S. et al. (1987) J. ImmunoL 137:3260-3267;
Freeman,G.J.etal.(1989)JlmmunoL 143:2714-27~;Freeman,G.J.etal.(1991)J:l~p.
Med. 174:625-631;Freeman,G.J.etal.(1993)5cience2k~:909-911;Az~ima,M.etal.(1993) S Nature ~:76-79; Freeman, GvJ. et al. (1993) J~ p. Med. 178:2185-2192)) can be used to mduce stimulation of the CD28 molecule. In addition, binding 1~ f~ $ ' of a natural ligand, whether native or synthesized by chemical or li~UlllbUlo.ll~ technique, can also be used in accordance with the invention. Ligands useful for stimulating an accessory molecule can be used in soluble form or immflhili7f d on a solid phase surface as described herein. Anti-10 CD28 antibodies of fragments thereof useful in stimulating proliferation of CD4+ T cellsinclude ,...~ antibody 9.3, an IgG2a antibody (Dr. Jeffery Ledbetter, Bristol Myers Squibb l'flrrf rAtifm, Seattle, WA)"".. ~ antibody KOLT-2, an IgGI antibody, ISE8, an IgGI antibody, 248.23.2, an IgM antibody and EX5.3D101 an IgG2a antibody.
A preferred anti-CD28 antibody is mnr f f lf~nqi antibody 93 or EX53D10~ The EX5.3DI0 " " ,. - f 1.1~ antibody was derived from; " .. ., ,1. ,~ a Balb/c mouse with CHO
(Chinese hamster ovary) cells transfected with the human CD28 gene (designated CHO-hh).
Hybl;duul~ from the fusion were selected by whole cell ELISA screening against Jurkat (human T leukemia) CD28 i ~ designated Jurkat #7. Reactivity of the EX5.3D10 with CD28 was further confirmed by fluorescent activated cell sorter analysis (FACS) 20 analysis in which it was tested side by side with the ' ' 9.3 (Figure 6). Neither antibody bound to .,..~ d CHO-DG44 cells and their binding profiles were nearly identical for the two CD28 .l~f,~,Luli lines, CHO-hh and Jurkat #7, as well as normal humam peripheral blood ly . ' - y .~,.,. A hybridoma wmch produces the " .. . ~
antibody EXS.3D10 has been deposited with the American Type Culture Collection on June 25 4, 1993, at ATCC Deposit No. HB 11373.
In amother cll ~ " of the invention, an activated population of CD4+ T cells is stimulated to proliferate by contacting the T cells with am agent which acts " ' '~y to stimulate a signal in the T cell mediated by ligation of am accessory molecule, such as CD28.
The term "agent", as used herem, is mtended to encompass chemicals and other 30 pl , - ~ . "i. ,.1 compoumds which stimulate a . ' y or other signal in a T cell without the ,c, ~ ..i for an interaction between a T cell surface receptor and ay molecule or other ligand. For ex~imple, the agent may act intr:lrPllnlqrly to stimulateasignalassociatedwithCD281igation. Inonet".l.o.li ..1 theagentisanon-IJuJt: ~ - v ~ compound. As the agent used in the method is intended to bypass the nahiral 35 receptor:ligand stimulatory mP.-h-~niem the term agent is not intended to include a cell expressing a natural ligand. Natural ligands for CD28 include members of the B7 family of proteins, such as B7-l(CD80) and B7-2 (CD86).
~ WO 95t33823 2 1 9 ~ 5 8~6 ~ ~ ' PCT/US9~113782 It is known that CD28 receptor stimulation leads to the production of D-3 hoa~ oim~ai~id~ ~ in T cells and that inhibition of the activity of l)Lu~,ulldlidylillu~:~vl 3-kinase (PI3K) in a T cell can inhibit T cell responses, such as ly~ hvhille production and cellular l~lulif~laiiull. Protein tyrosine phvalJllulylaiiull has also been shown to occur in T
5 cells upon CD28 ligation and it has been l , ",~c - d that a protein tyrosine kinase inhibitor, herbimycin A, can inhibit CD28-induced IL-2 production (V! - I ' ,,' , P. et al.
(1992)J:~7.Med. 175:951-960;Lu,Y.etal.(1992)~/mmunoL 149:24-29). Thus,to selectively expand a population of CD4+ T cells, the CD28 receptor mediated pathway can be stimulated by contacting T cells with an activator of P13K or an agent which stimulates 10 protein tyrosine ~Jhoa~ ulylaiiull in the T cell, or both. An activator of PI3K can be identified based upon its ability to stimulate production of at least one D-3 L~ 1r- in a T cell.
The term "D-3 ~ " is intended to include derivatives of l ' , ' lylinoailul that are ,uLua~lllvlyL.8 l at the D-3 position of the inositol ring and ~ the crlmrolmrlc~ oalJlldti~lyli~ ~1(3)-1.l....--l} .~I.h '~ (ptdIns(3)p)~lullua~ulldli~lylillo :ol(3,4)-1 . ~ . ' (Ptdlns(3,4)P2), and ~JLui~JLaiidylillua;iul(3~4,5)-i ~, ~ -, ' (Ptdlns(3,4,5)P3). Thus, in the presence of a P13K activator, the amount of a D-3 1...~l.1...:.,..-:l;.l. intheTcellisincreasedrelativetotheamountoftheD-3~ 1-1.r~in the T cell in the absence ûf the substance. Production of D-3 l.l)-.~l .~. .:, .. .~:; ;,1. ~ (e.g., Ptdlns(3)P, Ptdlns(3,4)P2 and/or Ptdlns(3,4,5)P3) in a T cell can be assessed by standard 20 methods, such as high pressure liquid ~,LIl O , ' ~ or thin layer . Lll O , ' y, as discussed above. Similarly, protein tyrosine l ' . ' ylatiull can be stimulated in a T cell, for example, by contacting the T cell with an activator of protein tyrosine kinases, such as p~.~ ' (seeO'Shea,J.J.etal.(1992) Proc.Natl.Acad Sci. USA 84:10306-103101;and Secrist, J.P. (1993) J. BioL Clzem. ~:5886-5893). Alternatively, the T cell c~m be contacted 25 with an agent which inhibits the activity of a cellular protein tyrosine l.l ~r ~ , such as CD45, to increase the net amount of protein tyrosine ~yhuaullvlylatiull in the T cell. Any of these agents can be used to expamd am activated population of CD4+ T cells in accordance with the methods described herein.
In order to induce ,ulvlif~..aiiull and expand a population of CD8+ T cells, an activated 30 population of T cells is stimulated through a 27 kD accessory molecule found on activated T
cells and recogmzed by the l ' antibody ES5.2D8. As described in Example 9, a population of CD8+ T cells was ,ul~ f~ tially expanded by stimulation with an anti-CD3 rl.. ' I antibodyandtheES5.2D8.. r.. L. -1antibody. The.",. ~ antibody ES5.2D8 was produced by i. . - - ~ of mice with activated human blood ly . ' y ~;, 35 and boosted with l human CTLA4 protein produced in ~. coli . The ES5.2D8 " , ~ amtibody is of the IgG2b isotype and specifically binds to cells transfected with human CTLA4. HylJl;dvl~laa producmg CTLA4-specific antibody were identified by screening by ELISA against human CTLA4 protein as well as by differential FACS against W095/33823 219~58G - PCT/U594113782--wild type CHO-DG44 cells vs. CHO-lOSA cells, which are transfected with the human CTLA4 gene. As shown in Figure 7, the ES5~2D8 clone re~ts strongly with both activated human T cells and CHO-105A cells but not with CHO-DCA4 cells, indicating that it does indeed bind to CTLA4. h~ u..J,ulc. ;p;~tiU~I of detergent Iysates of surface labeled activated S human T cells revealed that ES5.2D8 also re~ts with a 27 kD cell surf~e protein (Figure 8).
A hybridoma which produces the mrnA~ rlnAl antibody ES5.2D8 was deposited on June 4, 1993 with the American Type Culture Collection at ATCC Deposit No. HB11374.
Accordingly, to expand a population of CD8+ T cells, an antibody, such as mt~nAIrlrnAl antibody ES5.2D8, or other antibody which recognizes the same 27 kD ligand as ES5.2D8 can be used. As described in Example 10, the epitope recognized by the antibody ES5.2D8 was identified by screening a phage display library (PDL).
Antibodies which bind to the same epitope as the - ' ' antibody ES5.2D8 are within the scope of the invention. Such antibodies can be produced by; . .. .; ,~ with a peptide fragment including the epitope or with the native 27 kD antigen. The term "epitope", as used 15 herein, refers to the actual structural portion of the antigen that is; " ,. ~rlA~ ly bound by an antibody combining site. The term is also used ~ I,L~I)ly with "antigenic ". A preferred epitope which is bound by an antibody or other ligand which is tobe used to stimulate a CD8+ T cell population includes or . . ~ , an amino acid sequence:
(Xaal)n-Gly-Xaa2-Trp-Leu-Xaa3-Xaa4-Asp(Glu)-(Xaas)n (SEQ ID NO: 5), wherein Xaa4 may or may not be present, Xaal, Xaa2, Xaa3, Xaa4 and Xaas are any amino acid residue and n = 0-20, more preferably 0-10, even more preferably 0-5, and most preferably 0-3. In a preferred e ' - ' t, Xaa2 is Cys, ne or Leu, Xaa3 is Leu or Arg and Xaa4, if present, is Arg, Pro or Phe. As described in Example 10, the mA~nrrlrn'~l antibody ES5.2D8, which specifically binds a 27 kD antigen on activated T cells was used to screen a cDNA library from ~tivated T cells to isolate a clone encoding the antigen. Amino ~id sequence analysis identified the antigen as CD9(SEQ ID NO: 6). In the native human CD9 molecule, epitope defrned by phage display library screening is located at amino acid residues 31-37 (i.e., G L W L R F D (SEQ ID NO: 7)). Accordingly, Xaal and Xaa4 are typically additional amino ~id residues found at either the amino or carboxy side, or both the amino and carboxy sides, of the core epitope in the hu~nan CD9 (the full-length amino acid sequence of which is shown in SEQ ID NO: 6). It will be appreciated by those skilled in the art that in the native protein, additional non-contiguous arnino ~id residues may also contribute to the ~" r. ,"..A~ ..Al epitope recogruzed by the antibody. Synthetic peptides ~ g the epitope can be created which includes other amino ~id residues flanking the core six amino ~WO 95/33823 2 1 9 ~ 5 8 6 I ~ , ~ PCTIUS94113782 acid residues (i.e., Xaa can alt~ ,aii~.,ly be other amino acid residues than those found in the native CD9 protein). These flanking amino acid residues can function to alter the properties of the resulting peptide, for example to increase the solubility, enhance the;, . " " ~. ,r~ y or promote ." of the resultant peptide. When the peptide is to be used as an 5 i " " . ", . .~ ,~. . " one or more charged amino acids (e.g., Iysine, arginine) can be included to increase the solubility of the peptide and/or enhance the " "J of the peptide.
Alternatively, cysteine residues cam be included to increase the .l:.. ;,r:;. ~ ~ of the resulting peptide.
Othe m .. .l ~ù~l; ". ., ~ of the invention pertain to expansion of a population of CD8+ T
10 cells by use of an agent which acts intrPrPI' ' Iy to stimulate a signal in the T cell mediated by ligation of CD9 or other CD9-associated molecule. It is known that CD9 belongs to the TM4 au,u~ ~uily of cell surface proteins which span the membrane four times (Boucheix, C.
et al. (1990) ~ BioL Chem. 266, 11 7-l~ and Lan~a, F. et al. (1990) ~ BioL Chem. 266, 10638-10645). Other members of the TM4 superfamily include CD37, CD53, CD63 and 15 TAPA- I . A role for CD9 in interacting with GTP binding proteins has been suggested (Sechafer, J.G. and Shaw, A.R.E. (1991) Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 179, 401-406).
As used herein the term "agent" ..... ,.. ~ chemicals and other pl.~
' which stimulate a signal in a T cell without the 1. 1 C~l.,llt for an mteraction between a T cell surface receptor and a ligand. Thus, this agent does not bind to the 20 r~trPrPlllllPr portion of CD9, but rather mimics or induces an ;, .l . ,... lli .' - signal (e.g., second messenger) associated with ligation of CD9 or a CD9-associated molecule by an appropriate ligand. The ligands described herem (e.g., -' ' antibody ES5.2D8) can be used toidentify an ~ " ' signal(s) associated with T cell expansion mediated by contact of the CD9 antigen or CD9-associated molecule with an appropriate ligamd (as described in the 25 E~xamples) amd examining the resultant ;"l. . . !'..1 -- signalling that occurs (e.g., protein tyrosine 1 ' , ' yldtiull~ calcium influx, activation of a.,lk. ~'Lill~i ~ and/or tyrosine kinases, pllc,a~/llatidyl inositol .. s~ , etc.). An agent which enhances an ;. ,l . .. Ili ~
signal associated with CD9 or a CD9 rori~tP~l molecule cam then be used to expand CD8+
T cells. Ar ~,Iy, agents (e.g., small molecules, drugs, etc.) can be screened for their 30 ability to inhibit or enhamce T cell expansion usmg a system such as that described im the Examples.
In yet another aspect of the invention, methods for expanding a population of antigen specific T cells are provided. To produce a population of antigen specific T cells, T cells are contacted with an antigen in a form suitable to trigger a primary activation signal in the T
35 cell, i.e., the antigen is presented to the T cell such that a sigmal is triggered in the T cell ~rough the TCR/CD3 complex. For example, the antigen can be presented to the T cell by an antigen presenting cell m conjuction with an MHC molecule. An antigen presenting cell, such as a B cell" .ul.}. .,~,., monocyte, dendritic cell, Langerhan cell, or other cell which WO 95/33823 2 1 9 1 5 8 6 1 ~ ' PCT/US94/13782 can present antigen to a T cell, can be incubated with the T cell in the presence of the antigen (e.g., a soluble antigen) such that the antigen presenting cell presents the antigen to the T cell.
Alternatively, a cell expressing an antigen of interest can be incubated with the T cell. For example, a turnor cell expressing turnor-associated antigens c_n be incubated with a T cell 5 together to induce a tumor-specific response. Similarly, a cell infected with a pathogen, e.g. a virus, which presents antigens of the pathogen can be incubated with a T cell. Following antigen specific activation of a population of T cells, the cells can be expanded in accordance with the methods of the invention. For example, after antigen specificity has been P~-s~ hP~l T cells can be expanded by culture with an anti-CD3 antibody and an anti-CD28 10 antibody according to the methods described herein.
The term "antibody" as used herein refers to;, . " ".,. ,nvl, ~b -'; . . molecules and -' ~- 'Iy active portions of ~,' ' ' molecules, i.e., molecules that containan antigen binding site which specifically binds (;.I.~ .v.~G.,la with) an antigen, such as CD3, CD28. Structurally, the simplest naturally occurring antibody (e.g., IgG) comprises 15 four polypeptide chains, two heavy IH) chains and two light (L) chains inter-connected by disulfide bonds. It has been shown that the antigen-binding function of an antibody cari be performed by fragrnents of a naturally-occurring antibody. Thus, these antigen-binding fragments are also intended to be designated by the term ''antibody". Bxamples of binding fragments , ' witbin the term antibody include (i) an Fab fragment consisting of20 the VL, VH, CL and CHI domains; (ii) an Fd fragment consisting of the VH and CHI
domains; (iii) an Fv fragment consisting of the VL and VH domains of a single arm of an antibody, (iv) a dAb fragment (Ward et al., (1989) Nature ~1:544-546 ) which consists of a VH domain; (v) an iâolated . ' ~J ~' g region (CDR); and (vi) an F(ab')2 fragment, a bivalent fragment comprising two Fab fragments linked by a disulf de bridge at 25 tbe hinge region. Fl ' , although the two domains of the Fv fragment are coded for by separate genes, a syntbetic linker can be made that enables them to be made as a single protein chain (known as single chain Fv (scFv); Bird et al. (1988) Science 2~2:423-426; and Huston et al. (1988) PN~S ~:5879-5883) by .~.. 1.:.. ,l methods. Such single chain antibodies are also ~ .I within the term "antibody". Preferred antibody fragments 30 for use in T cell expansion are those which are capable of ~,luaali. 'uhlg their target antigen, e.g., bivalent fragments such as F(ab')2 fragments. Alternatively, an antibody fragment which does not itself crosslink its target antigen (e.g., a Fab fragment) can be used in with a secondary antibody which serves to crosslink the antibody fragment, thereby .,., " ' ~ the target antigen. Antibodies can be fragmented using eullv.~lltiollGl 35 techniques as described herein and the fragments screened for utility in the same marmer as described for whole antibodies. An antibody of the invention is further mtended to include bispecific amd cbimeric molecules having a desired binding portion (e.g., CD28).
~WO 9!i/33823 ' ; PCT/US94/13782 2 1 9 1 ~ 8 6 ! .
The language "a desired binding specificity for an epitope", as well as the moregeneral language "an antigen binding site which specifically binds (h~ ullul~a~L ~ with)", refers to the ability of individual antibodies to specifically hll,l~ ,l..a~l with a T cell surface molecule, e.g. CD28. That is, it refers to a non-random binding reaction between an antibody 5 molecule and an antigenic d of the T cell surface molecule. The desired binding specificity is typically determined from the reference point of the ability of the antibody to differentially bind the T cell surface molecule and an unrelated antigen, and therefore distinguish between two different antigens, pO Li~,ulafly where the two antigens have unique epitopes. An antibody which binds specifically to a particular epitope is referred to as a 10 "specific antibody".
"Antibody combining site", as used herein, refers to that structural portion of an antibody molecule comprised of a heavy and light chain variable and L.~ lJle regions that specifically binds ( ~L, with) antigen. The term ''hlllllullul~ '' or "reactive with" in its various forms is used herein to refer to binding between an antigenic .1. l.., .. ;. ,,...l -15 containing molecule amd a molecule containing an antibody combining site such as a wholeantibody molecule or a portion thereo~
Although soluble forms of antibodies may be used to activate T cells, it is preferred that the amti-CD3 antibody be im~nnhili7~-1 on a solid phase surface (e.g., beads). An antibody can be immnhili7rd directly or indirectly by, for example, a secondary antibody, to 20 a solid surface, such as a tissue culture flask or bead. As an illustrative ~. . .l .o.l;, . .. ', the following is a protocol for immllhili7inF an anti-CD3 antibody on beads. It should be appreciated that the same protocol can be used to immobili_e other antibodies or fragments thereof (e.g., an anti-CD28 antibody) to beads.
Protocols I. Pre-absorbing Goat anti-mouse IgG with OKT-3 A) BioMag Goat anti-Mouse IgG (Advanced Magnetics, Inc., catalog number 8-4340D) is incubated with at least 20011g of OKT-3 per 5 x 108 magnetic particles in PBS for I hour at 5~C.
B) Particles are washed three time in PBS with the aid of a magnetic separation unit.
Note: Advanced Magnetics also has an anti-Human CD3 direcdy conjugated (Catalog number 8-4703N) which will induce T-cell stim~ ti.~n II. Pre-labeling Lylll~L~ with OKT-3 A) I x I o6 cells (PBMC) are incubated in PBS with 10~Lg/ml of OKT-3 for 15 minutes at room ~
B) Cells are washed twice with PBS.
WO95/33823 2 1 9 1 5 8 6 ; ~ i ' PCT/IJS91/13782 III. Binding Magnetic Particles to PBMC for Stimulation A) PBMC surface labeled with OKT-3 are c~ltured with Goat anti-Mouse IgG (see above) at one bead per cell following a 30 minute incubation at 20~C
with gentle agitation.
B) Goat anti-Mouse IgG beads which were previously absorbed to OKT-3 are incubated with PBMC (1:1) for 30 minutes at 20~C with gentle agitation and cultured.
IV. Binding Magnetic Particles to PBMC for Separation Same as above (Part III) except the bead to cell ratio is increased to 20:1 rather than 1: 1.
To practice the method of the invention, a source of T cells is obtained from a subject.
The term subject is intended to include living organisms in which an immune response can be 15 elicited, e.g., mammals. Examples of subjects mclude humans, dogs, cats, mice, rats, and transgenic species thereof. T cells can be obtained from a number of sources, including peripheral blood leukocytes, bone marrow, Iymph node tissue, spleen tissue, and tumors.
Preferably, peripheral blood leukocytes are obtained from an individual by 1~ ' rl To isolate T cells from peripheral blood leukocytes, it may be necessary to Iyse the red blood 20 cells and separate peripheral blood leukocytes from monocytes by, for example, ~ ~ ~ a . . rl ~ through a pERcoLLrM gradient~ A specific: bl . ' of T cells, such as CD4+ or CD8+ T cells, can be further isolated by positive or negative selection techniques.
For example, negative selection of a T cell population can be a , ' ' ' with a of antibodies directed to surface markers unique to the cells negatively selected.
25 A preferred method is cell sorting via negative magnetic - " which utilizes a cocktail of IllUII~ antibodies directed to cell surface markers present on the cells negatively selected. For example, to isolate CD~+ cells, a r~ n ~l antibody cocktail typicallyincludesantibodiestoCD14,CD20,CDllb,CD16,HLA-DR,andCD8.
Additional, ...,"1.. - 1 antibody cocktails are provided in Table 1.
The process of negative selection results in an essentially 1.. , . ,~ .S,.. ,., populatiûn of CD4+ or CD8+ T cells. The T cells can be activated as described herein, such as by contact with a anti-CD3 antibody ;,..",.,l"l;, ~I ûn a solid phase surface ûr an anti-CD2 antibody, ûr by contact with a protein kinase C activator (e.g., bryostatin) in, ; with a calcium ionophore. To stimulate an accessory molecule on the surface of the T cells, a ligand which 35 binds the accessory molecule is employed. For example, a population of CD4+ cells can be contacted with an anti-CD3 antibody and an anti-CD28 antibody, under conditions appropriate for stimulating ~ .l, f. ~;"" of the T cells. Similarly, to stimulate proliferation of CD8+ T cells, an amti-CD3 antibody and the ' ' antibody ES5.2D8 can be used.
WO 95/33823 2 1 9 1 5 8 6 ~ PCT/US94/13782 Conditions appropriate for T cell culture include an appropriate media (e.g., Minimal Essential Media or RPMI Media 1640) which may contain factors necessary for proliferation and viability, including animal serum (e.g., fetal bovine serum) and antibiotics (e.g., penicillin streptomycin). The T cells are maintained under conditions necessary to support growth, for example an appropriate tc~ c (e.g., 37~C) and atmosphere (e.g., air plus 5% CO2).
To maintain long term stimulation of a population of T cells following the initial activation and StimlllDtinn it is necessary to separate the T cells from the activating stimulus (e.g., the anti-CD3 antibody) after a period of exposure. The T cells are maintamed in 10 contact with the co-stimulatory ligand throughout the culture term. The rate of T cell l.lolif~ iivll is monitored p~,.iov;cOlly (e.g., daily) by, for example, examining the size or measuring the volume of the T cells, such as with a Coulter Counter. A resting T cell has a mean diameter of about 6.8 microns. Following the initial activation and stimulation and in the presence of the stimulating ligand, the T cell mean diameter will increase to over 12 15 microns by day 4 amd begin to decrease by about day 6. When the mean T cell diameter decreases to ~ plv~ill._'cly 8 microns, the T cells are reactivated and ~ l 1l 5 d to induce further ~lvlif~ liul~ of the T cells. Alternatively, the rate of T cell ~lvlif~ tivll and time for T cell ~ ;.... can be monitored by assaying for the presence of cell surface molecules, such as B7-1, B7-2, which are induced on activated T cells. As described in Example 5, it 20 was determined that CD4+ T cells do not initially express the B7-1 receptor, and that with culture, expression is mduced. Further, the B7-1 expression was found to be transient, and could be re-induced with repeated anti-CD3 1 J;""~ ;..,. Accordmgly, cyclic changes in B7- 1 expression can be used as a meaDs of monitoring T cell p, . .1; 1~ where decreases in the level of B7-1 expression, relative to the level of expression following an initial or previous stimulation or the level of expression in an I ' ' cell, indicates the time for 1. ~;;"",1,.;",l For inducimg long term stimulation of a population of CD4+ or CD8+ T cells, it may be necessary to reactivate and restimulate the T cells with a anti-r~n3 Dn~ihvdy and an anti-CD28 amtibody or ' ' antibody ESS.2D8 several times to produce a population of CD4+ or CD8+cells mcreased m number from about 10- to about l ,000-fold the original T
cell population. Usimg this methodology, it is possible to get increases in a T cell population of from about 100- to about 100,000-fold an original resting T cell population. Moreover, as described in Example 6, T cells expanded by the method of the invention secrete high levels of cytokines (e.g., IL-2, IFNr, IL-4, GM-CSF and TNFa) mto the culture ~ For example, as compared to stimulation with IL-2, CD4+ T cells expanded by use of anti-CD3 and anti-CD28 ~ ' secrete high levels of GM-CSF and TNFa into the culture medium. These cytokines can be purified from the culture 1 or the ~
cam be used directly for ~ ~ cells in culture. Similarly, the T cells expanded by the WO 95/33823 2 1 9 1 ~ 8 6 ' ' PCTIUS94/13782 method of the invention together with the culture supernatant and cytokines can be allllhl;~t~.Ld to support the growth of cells in vivo. For example, in patients v~ith tumors, T
cells can be obtained from the individual, expanded in vitro and the resulting T cell population and supernatant. including cytokines such as TNFa, can be .. -.1,";": a~ lc;d to the 5 patient to augment T cell growth in vivo.
Althougb the antibodies used in the methods described herein can be readily obtained from public sources, such as the ATCC, antibodies to T cell surface accessory molecules, the CD3 complex, or CD2 can be produced by standard techniques. MPtho~logiPe for generating antibodies for use in the methods of the invention are described in further detail I 0 below.
I. Antih~dy Pr~ ~nrti~n A. ThPI.,.",.. ,,,.. Theterm "i~ n~ isusedhereintodescribeac~ u~
containing a peptide or protein as an active ingredient used for the preparation of antibodies 15 against an antigen (e.g., CD3, CD28). When a peptide or protein is used to induce antibodies it is to be umderstood that the peptide can be used alone, or linked to a carrier as a conjugate, or as a peptide polymer.
To generate suitable antibodies, the ~ ~, should contain an effective, ., amount of a peptide or protein, optionally as a conjugate linked to a carrier.
20 The effective amoumt of peptide per unit dose depends, among other things, on the species of animal inoculated, the body weight of the animal and the chosen regimen as is well known in the art. The ~ preparation will typically contain peptide cr~nrP-~tir.ne of about 10 ~ O to about 500 milligrams per ~ ~ dose, preferably about 50 ~ UolCUl~.~ to about 50 milligrams per dose. An ;...., , ~
25 preparation cam also mclude an adjuvant as part of the diluent. Adjuvants such as complete Freund's adjuvant (CFAJ, incomplete Freund's adjuvant (IFA) and alum are materials well known m the art, amd are available ~,wll..~ ,;ally from several sources.
Those skilled m the art will appreciate that, instead of usmg natural occurring forrns of the antigen (e.g., CD3, CD28) for ~ ~ ~ synthetic peptides can ' ' ~ be 30 employed towards wbich antibodies cam be raised for use in tbis invention. Both soluble and membrane bound forms of the protein or peptide fragments are suitable for use as an ~ O and can also be isolated by ~ ~ ~y purification as well. A purified form of protein, such as may be isolated as described above or as known in the art, can itself be directly used as an ~ ~ or ~t~.lllati~ly ~ can be linked to a suitable carrier protein by 35 I;UIl~,lltiU~l~l techniques~ including by chemical coupling means as well as by genetic o. ;,~g using a cloned gene of the protem. The purified protein can also be covalently or null~,ù~ , modified with non-plu~acc~v~i~ materials such as lipids or ~,alboll.~d to enhance ~ ,, ~hy or solubility. Altematively, a purified protem can be coupled with _wossi33823 2 1 9 ~ 5 8 6 PCT/Uss4/l3782 or ill ,UI~/UI~ d into a viral particle, a replicating virus, or otuer LUi~lUUl~ULi~lll in order to enhance; ~ g. ..;- ;;y. The protein may be, for example, chemically attached to the viral particle or Illh.lUUlo~ul;i~lll or an ;.,.... ~ ,~, ..,;~ portion thereof.
In an illustrative c~hu~ , a purified CD28 protem, or a peptide fragment thereof5 (e g., produced by limited proteolysis or, r~ I DNA techniques) is conjugated to a carrier which is ~ in animals. Preferred carriers include proteins such as albumins, serum proteins (e.g., globulins and li~u~u~,h~), and polyamino acids. Examples of useful proteins include bovme serum albumin, rabbit serum albumin, thyroglobulin, keyhole limpet L~ uoUy~ egg ovalbumin and bovine gamma-globulins. Synthetic 10 polyamino acids such as polylysine or polyarginine are also useful carriers. With respect to the covalent attachment of CD28 protein or peptide fragments to a suitable; . " .. ,., .~ r carrier, t'uere are a number of chemical cross-linking agents that are known to those skilled in the art. Preferred cross-linking agents are 1,. 1. . ol .; r, . -- d . ., .~1 cross-linkers, which can be used to link proteins in a stepwise manner. A wide variety of L.,t~,l..l.; r, .... I ;.., .~1 cross-linkers are 15 known in the art, including ~u~ hulllidyl 4-(N-... 8 ...:.1.. ,. II,yl) cy~ albuAy~
(SMCC),ml''' ' ' ~yl-N-Ly~u~y~.l ;l- Il;L ester(MBS);N-~uc.iuLlu,idyl(4-iodoacetyl) - - ;----1,- ~ ,-~ ~ (SIAB), ~. Iyl 4~(p 1 ~ r~ yl) butyrate (SMPB), I-ethyl-3-(3-dil.~.,;l.yl~,,il,u~,ul,yl) .,~uI,udiiu,,ilc l,.~u.,Llu,idc (EDC); 4~ ~
u~y~,ulbuuyl-a-methyl-a-(2-~ lylu;lLio)-tolume (SMPT), N-~u~iL2Luidyl 3-(2-20 pyridyldituio) propionate (SPDP), ~u~,~,iulhll;dyl 6-[3-(2-1Jylidyld;L' uo) propionate] hexanoate (LC-SPDP).
In may also be desirable to simply immunize an animal with whole cells which express a protein of interest (e.g., CD28) on their surface. Various cell Imes can be used as ;..--, -.-~0. - ~ to generate . - ..~C~ antibodies to an antigen, including, but not limited to T
25 cells. For example, peripheral blood T cells can be obtained from a subject which CUIL~LiLUiLi~,ly express CD28, but c~m be activated in vi~ro with anti-CD3 antibodies, PHA or PMA. Alternatively, an antigen specific (e.g., alloreactive) T cell clone can be activated to express CD28 by l.,c of antigen, together with a ' y signal, to the T cell.
Whole cells tbat can be used as " to produce CD28 specific antibodies also 30 include ,c ~ ~ . r ' For example, COS and CHO cells can be . ~ ....t; I . It. ~1 by ~ r ~ W ith a CD28 cDNA to produce cells expressing CD28 on their surface. Thesei, ~. .- f ~ ' - .I cells can then be used as O to produce amti-CD28 antibodies. Other examples of 1 . ,... f ~ cells are known, particularly eukaryotic cells able to glycosylate the CD28 protein, but any procedure that works to express transfected CD28 genes on the cell 35 surf~e could be used to produce the whole cell ;I~ Ih~,...l Alternative to a CD28 c,.~ , .iu.g cell or am isolated CD28 protein, peptide fragments of CD28 or other surface antigen such as CD9 can be used as ~ ~ to generate antibodies. For example, the CD9 epitope bound by the ES5.2D8 ' I antibody comprises an amino acid sequence: (Xaal)n-Gly-Xaa2-Trp-Leu-Xaa3-Xaa4-Asp(Glu)-(Xaas)n (SEQ ID NO 5), whe}ein Xaa4 may or may not be present Xaal, Xaa2, Xaa3, Xaa4 and XaaS are any amino acid residue and n = 0-20, more preferably 0-10, even more preferably 0-5, and most p}eferably 0-3. In a preferred ~".l,o.l;.". .,1 Xaa2 is Cys, Ile or Leu, S Xaa3 is Leu or Arg and Xaa4, if present, is Arg, Pro or Phe. Thus, a peptide having the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: S can be used as an; " ", - ",. . . Accordingly, the invention further ~ an isolated CD9 peptide comprising an amino acid sequence:
(Xaal)n-Gly-Xaa2-Trp-Leu-Xaa3-Xaa4-Asp(Glu)-(Xaas)n (SEQ ID NO: 5), wherein Xaa4may or may not be present, Xaal, Xaa2, Xaa3, Xaa4 and Xaas are any amino acid residue and n = 0-20, more preferably 0- 1 0, even more preferably 0-5, and most preferably 0-3. In a preferred ~ ..,l ,n.l', Iq Xaa2 is Cys, Ile or Leu, Xaa3 is Leu or Arg and Xaa4, if present, is Arg, Pro or Phe. Alternatively, it has been found that the ES5.2D8 " ,. ,.~ 1 antibody cross-reacts with a number of other peptide sequences (determined by phage display techmology as described in Example 3). Examples of these other peptide sequences are shown below:
2D8#2(SEQIDNO:l) HQFCDHWGCWLLRETHIFTP
2D8#4 HQFCDHWGCWLLRETHIFTP
2D8#10 HQFCDHWGCWLLRETHIFTP
2D8#6(SEQIDNO:2) LRLVLEDPGIWLRPDYFFPA
G C W L L R E (phage 2D8#2, 4, 10; SEQ ID NO: 3) G I W L R P D (phage 2D8#6; SEQ ID NO: 4) G L W L R F D (CD9 sequence; SEQ ID NO: 7. ) Any of these peptides, or other peptides containing a stretch of seven amino acids bracketed in bold type (lc~lca~ hlg the epitope bound by the antibody) possibly flanked by alternative amino acid residues, can also be used as O to produce an antibody for use in the methods of the invention and are . .... I~ by the invention. For use as g 30 peptides can be modified to increase solubility and/or enhance ~ J as described above.
B. polyrl~.nDl Anrihn~liPc Polycolonal antibodies to a purified protein or peptide fragment thereof can generally be raised in animals by multiple ' (sc) or 35 ~ 1 ' (ip) injections of an appropriate ,, such as the PYtrAA~Il ' domain of the protem, and an adjuvamt. A polyclonal antisera can be produced, for eY~ample, as described in Lindsten, T. et al. (1993) J. Immunol. 151:3489-3499. In an illustrative t, animals are typically immunized against the ~L - protein, peptide or ~ WO 951338t3 2 1 9 1 5 8 6 ~ ~ . , PCTIUS94/1378t derivative by combining about Illg to I mg of protcin with Freund's complete adjuvant and injecting the solution inrrR~;Prrnqlly at multiple sites. One month later the animals are boosted with 1/5 to 1/10 the original amount of i,.. ,.. n~,~ ., in Freumd's complete adjuvant (or other suitable adjuvant) by ~,~ injection at multiple sites. Seven to 14 days later, the 5 animals are bled and the serum is assayed for amti-protein or peptide titer (e.g., by ELISA).
Animals are boosted until the titer plateaus. Also, &OO,~Oa~hlg agents such as alum can be used to enhance the immune response.
Such ", "", li, .-produced pu~uuladulla of antibody molecules are referred to as"polyclonal" because the population comprises antibodies with differing ;~ ; r~
10 and affinities for the antigen. The antibody molecules are then collected from the mammal (e.g., from the blood) amd isolated by well known techniques, such as protein A
~,1... O . ' .y~ to obtain the IgG fraction. To enhance the specificity of the antibody, the antibodies may be purified by - ~ ~J ~lu~ ", . ~ .YI "~ y using solid phase-affixed ;,"" ~." ,~;. ., The antibody is contacted with the solid phase-affixed ;.,.",- O. ., for a period 15 of time sufficient for the i"" " ~ ."O. ,. to with the antibody molecules to form a solid phase-affixed ;..., ~ The bound antibodies are separated from the complex by standard techniques.
C. Mnnorl~nqlAntihn~iiPc Theterm"...n .rl.~. ~1 antibody"or",-,-, ~l"~-I
20 amtibody c~ ", as used herein, refers to a population of amtibody molecules that contain only one species of an antigen binding site capable of; " ." - ~ i. ,g with a particular epitope of am amtigen. A .... .~ l antibody rn~pcr;~i thus typically displays a single bindmg affinity for a particular protein with which it ~ ~,a~la. Preferably, the rl.l.l~.l antibody used in the subject method is further . l - ,-- ~ ;,- ~ as ~a~
25 with a protein derived from humans.
~ ,. .n~ l antibodies useful in the methods of the invention are directed to an epitope of an antigen(s) on T cells, such that complex formation between the antibody and the amtigen (also referred to herein as ligation) induces stimulation and T cell expansion. A
" ,. ,. ,. ,~l. ,. .~1 antibody to an epitope of an antigen (e.g., CD3, CD28) can be prepared by using 30 a technique which provides for the production of antibody molecules by continuous cell lines in culture. These include but are not limited to the hybridoma technique originally described by Kobler and Milstein (1975, Nafure 256:495-497), and the more recent human B cell hybridoma technique (Kozbor et al. (1983) Immunol Today 4:72), EBV-hybridoma technique (Cole et al. (1985), Mnn(lrl. 'A.ntibodies and Cancer Therapy, Alan R. Liss, Inc., pp. 77-35 96), and trioma tecbniques. Other methods which can effectively yield " ~ n~amtibodies useful m the present invention include phage display techniques (Marks et al.
(1992) J Biol Chem 16007-16010).
In one I .,.1"~.1;",. .a, the antibody preparation applied in the subject method is a ~...."nrl..,.~l amtibody produced by a hybridoma cell line. Hybridoma fusion techniques were first introduced by Kohler and Milstein (Kohler et al. Nature (1975) 256:495-97; Brown et al.
(1981) J. Immunol~:539-46; Brown et al. (1980) JBiol Chem 2~:4980-83; Yeh et al.(1976) PNAS 76:2927-31; and Yeh et al. (1982) Int. J Cancer 2~:269-75). Thus, the ' antibody .. ~l ~r.~ of the present invention can be produced by the following method, which comprises the steps of:
(a) T..... :,;.,g an animal with a protein (e.g., CD28) or peptide thereof. The is typicaTly ~ ., .l; ~ by , . . .; . .g the; ~ ~ to an 10 i- . - .- - ,nlng;~ _lly competent marnmal in an ' g 'ly effective amount, i.e., an amount sufficient to produce an immune response. Preferably, the mammal is a rodent such as a rabbit, rat or mouse. The mammal is then maintained for a time period sufficient for the mammal to produce cells secreting antibody molecules that hl~ lul~ with the ;....,.- .n~,~... Such hlll~ lul~a~liull is detected by screening the antibody molecules so producedfori~.. ,.. u.~livil~withapreparationofthe;.,.,.. ~,,.. ,protein. Optionally,it .
may be desired to screen the antibody molecules with a preparation of the protein in the form in which it is to be detected by the antibody molecules in an assay, e.g., a membrane-associated form of the antigen (e.g., CD28). These screening methods are well known to those of skill in the art, e.g., enzyme-linked ~ ' assay (ELISA) and/or flow 20 cytometry.
(b) A suspension of antibody-producing cells removed from each imrnuni~ed marnmal secreting the desired antibody is then prepared. After a sufficient time, the mouse is sacrificed amd somatic antibody-producing 1~ A are obtained. Antibody-producing cells may be derived from the Iymph nodes, spleens and peripheral blood of primed animals.
Spleen cells are preferred, and can be .. ~ .;. Ally separated mto individuaT cells in a ~Jh.1 aiOlog;~lly tolerable mediurn using methods well known in the art. Mouse l~...ul.c,. .1 ~O
give a higher percentage of stable fusions with the mouse myelomas described below. Rat, rabbit and frog somatic cells cam also be used. The spleen cell l,LIl encoding desired .' ' " are ~ - - --- .. i-l; . ~1 by fusmg the spleen cells with myeloma cells, generally in the presence of a fusing agent such as pol.~ ; glycol (PEG) Any of a number of myeloma cell lines may be used as a fusion partner according to standard techniques; for example, the P3-NSI/I-Ag4-1, P3-x63-Ag8.653 or Sp2/O-Agl4 myeloma Imes. These myeloma lines are available from the American Type Culture Collection (ATCC), Rockville, Md.
The resulting cells, which include the desired h.yl)lillull~ are then grown in aselective medium, such as HAT medium, m which unfused parental myeloma or Iymphocyte cells eventually die. Only the hybridoma cells survive and cam be grown under limiting dilution conditions to obtain isolated clones. The . of the h.~blilu~l_o are ~W095/33823 2 ~ 9 1 5 8 6 PCT/US9-1/13782 .: j r screened for the presence of antibody of the desired specificity, e.g., by ;.1.., ., .. ,. ~A~-~,y techniques using the antigen that has been used for:, .., ., I . : ,-1 ;.... Positive clones can then be subcloned under limiting dilution conditions and the m~nrrlrnRI antibody produced can be isolated. Various cul.v ~ Lion~l methods exist for isolation and ~ ; r~ of the 5 mnnr~rlonRl antibodies so as to free them from other proteins and other ~.. ."1,., " ;",.., ~
Commonly used methods for purifying ",..." ~ antibodies include ammonium sulfateprecipitation, ion exchange ~,L~ .Y, and affinity ~,LI.. ,.l.......... ~ .l.. y (see, e.g., Zola et al. in Mnno( lorinl Hybridoma Antibodies: Techniques And A~lic.~iu,.." Hurell (ed.) pp. S I -52 (CRC Press 1982)). Hybridomas produced according to these methods can be propagated 10 in vitro or in vivo (in ascites fluid) using techniques known in the art.
Generally, the individual cell line may be propagated in vitro, for example in laboratory culture vessels, and the culture medium containing high .. ..,... ,u ,.1;.. ~ of a single specific ' ' antibody can be harvested by (iPr~nt~tir~n~ filtration or ~ .; r, .~;~: ;....
Alternatively, the yield of " .-.. ,r.~8 ~ -I antibody can be enhanced by injecting a sample of the hybridoma into a l . :~l.. r ~ animal of the type used to provide the somatic and myeloma cells for the origmal fusion. Tumors secreting the specific, . .,1. .., I antibody produced by the fused cell hybrid develop in the injected animal. The body fluids of the animal, such as ascites fluid or serum, provide, .. 8.. ,,1 antibodies in high i.. 1. ,.1 ;
When humam L.yblidul~a or EBV-LylJIidulll~ are used, it is necessary to avoid rejection of the xenograft injected into animals such as mice. T - ' ~ or nude mice may be used or the hybridoma may be passaged first into irradiated nude mice as a solid ~1.1.~ 5~. v~
tumor, cultured in vitro and then injected LILI~IJ. 'Iy into pristane primed, irradiated nude mice which develop ascites tumors secreting large amounts of specific human.1.... ..l,.~l .1.~l antibodies.
Media and animals useful for the preparation of these ~ are both well known m the art and . "y available and include synthetic culture media, inbred mice amd the like. An exemplary synthetic medium is Dulbecco's minimal essential medium (DMEM; Dulbecco et al. (1959) ViroL 8:396) ~ t. ~I with 4.5 gm/l glucose, 20 mM
glutamme, and 20% fetal caf serum. An exemplary inbred mouse strain is the Balb/c.
D. C. ' ~ ~ ' Antihn~ c Monoclonal antibody o.. l.. ~:l;.. ~ ofthe invention can also be produced by other methods well known to those skilled in the art of Ir~ . .."1.:., - .1 DNA technology. An alternative method, referred to as the "~ antibody display"
method, has been developed to identify and isolate antibody fragments having a particular 35 antigenspecificity,andcanbeutilizedtoproduce,.,.."..l.. ~lantibodies(for~Per-irtirn~of ~ ' antibody display see e.g., Sastry et al. (1989) PNAS~:5728; Huse et al.
(1989) Science 246:1275; and Orlandi et al. (1989) PNAS 86:3833). After ;.. .. .g an animal with an appropriate ~ ~~, (e.g., CD3, CD28) as described above, the antibody W095/33823 2 1 9 1 58~ PCTAUS94113782 repertoire of the resulting B-cell pool is cloned. Methods are generally known for directly obtAining the DNA sequence of the variable regions of a diverse population of ;,. " "", ,ngh.l" ~ molecules by using a mixture of oligomer primers and PCR. For instance, mixed nli~ ul i~lr primers .,ullc~l,vll~ g to the S' leader (signal peptide) sequences 5 and/or framework I (FRI ) sequences, as well as primer to a conserved 3' constant region primer can be used for PCR ~nAplifir ~tinn of the heavy and light chain variable regions from anumberofmurmeantibodies~Larricketal.(1991)~ir~t,~ 152-156). Asimilar strategy can also been used to amplify human heavy and light chain variable regions from human antibodies (Larrick et al . ( 1991) Methods: Companion to Methods in Enzymolo~
0 _:106-110).
In am illustrative ~ ,. ',o~ .,1 RNA is isolated from activated B cells of, for example, peripheral blood cells, bone marrow, or spleen ~ iull~, using standard protocols (e.g., U.S. Patent No. 4,683,202; Orlandi, et al. PN~S (1989) ~:3833-3837; Sastry et al., PNAS
(1989) 86:5728-5732; and Huse et al. (198g) Science 246:1275-1281.) First-strand cDNA is l S synthesized using primers specific for the constant region of the heavy chain(s) and each of the IC and ~ light chains, as well as primers for the signal sequence. Using variable region PCR primers, the variable regions of both heavy and light chains are amplified, each alone or in c~ l -, and ligated into appropriate vectors for further . ' in generating the display packages. Olig.,.. Ir~.l;rlf- primers useful in ,l,l;.',. - ;.", protocols may be 20 unique or degenerate or incorporate inosine at degenerate positions. Restriction r~ ,fl. 1. . .1~ 1. A~-recognition sequences may also be; ~ .1 into the primers to allow for the cloning of the amplified fragment into a vector in a ~ ' reading frame for exprcssion.
The V-gene library cloned from the ;- : ;, . derived antibody repertoire can be expressed by a population of display packages, preferably derived from ''' phage, to 25 form an antibody display library. Ideally, the display package comprises a system that allows the samplmg of very large variegated antibody display libraries, rapid sorting after each affinity separation round, amd easy isolation of the antibody gene from purified display packages. In addition to Cuuull~ I.y available kits for generating phage display libraries (e.g., the Pharmacia R. ' : Phage Antibody System, catalog no. 27-9400-01; and the Stratagene SurJZ~PTM phage display kit, catalog no. 240612), examples of methods and reagents particularly amenable for use in generating a variegated antibody display library can be found in, for example, Ladner et al. U.S. Patent No. 5,223,409; Kang et al. 1" . ., .: ;. ."
Publication No. WO 92/18619; Dower et al. T" . . I .A. ;~ I Publication No. WO 91/17271;
Winteretal. TnfPrr~inn~l PublicationWO 92/20791; Marklandetal.1, a~ A1;l~llAl Publication No. WO 9~115679; Breitling et al. T, llr 1 l ~ Publication WO 93/01288;
McCafferty et al. 1"t ~ I Publication No. WO 92/01047; Garrard et al. I
Publication No. WO 92/09690; Ladner et al. T"~ ;., ,I Publication No. WO 90/02809;
Fuchsetal.(1991)Bio/~Aechnology2:1370-1372;Hayetal.(1992)XumAnfibodllyb,i~.
~wo 95/33823 2 1 9 1 5 8 6 Pcr/uss4/l3782 21 ~
3:81-85;Huseetal.(1989)5cience246:1275-1281;Griffthsetal.(1993)EMBOJ12:725-734; Hawkins et al. (1992) JMolBiol ~:889-896; Clackson et al. (1991) Nature 352:624-628; Grarnetal. (1992)PNAS89:3576-3580; Garradetal. (1991)Bio/Tecknolo~y~:1373-1377;Hoogr~l)ol~llletal (199T)NucAcidResl9:4133-4137;andBarbasetaL(l991)PNAS
5 ~:7978-7982.
In certain ~ ' , the V region domains of heavy and light chains can be expressed on the same polypeptide, joined by a flexible linker to form a smgle-chain Fv fragment, and the scFV gene ~- h,~l.. lly cloned into the desired expression vector or phage genome. As generally described in McCafferty et al., Nature (1990) ~:552-554, complete VH and VL domains of an antibody, joined by a flexible (Gly4-Ser)3 linker can be used to produce a single chain antibody which can render the display package separable based on antigen affinity. Isolated scFV antibodies h l~ ;YC with the antigen can ~ f ly be formulated into a l~l . -- . -- ~ ... ;. -l preparation for use in the subject method.
Once displayed on the surface of a display package (e.g., fil~nnPnt~nl~ phage), the antibody library is screened with the protein, or peptide fragment thereof, to identify and isolate packages that express an antibody having specificity for the protein. Nucleic acid encoding the selected antibody can be recovered from the display package (e.g., from the phage genome) and subcloned into other expression vectors by standard .c ' DNA
techniques.
F. Tlyhri~l-mn:~c an~l IvlPthn~ of PrP~ fion Hybridomas useful in the present invention are those . l. ~. i. . ;,. .] as having the capacity to produce a ' ' antibody which will specifically ~ ~,~l with an antigen of interest (e.g., CD3, CD28). Methods for generating hybl;dulllaa that produce, e.g., secrete, antibody molecules having a desired . ~ ~ ~" e.g., having the ability to with the CD28 antigen, and/or an identifiable epitope of CD28 are well known in the art. Particularly applicable is the hybridoma technology described by Niman et al. (1983) PNAS 80:4949-4953; and by Galfre et al. (1981) Meth En23~mol. 1~:3-46.
IT IICP~ ofthPMPth~ of ~hPInVPnti~n The method of this invention can be used to selectively expand a population of CD4+
or CD8+ T cells for use in the treatment of infectious disease, cancer and ' . y.
As a result of the method described herein, a population of T cells which is polyclonal with respect to antigen reactivity, but essentially h~.. ,.~.~,.... ~,. ,~ with respect to either CD4+ or 35 CD8+ can be produced. In addition, the method allows for the expansion of a population of T cells in numbers sufficient to ~c~,ullalil~ an individual's total CD4+ or CD8+ T cell population (the population of l.~ l.U~ , in an individual is a~ , 1011). The resultmg T cell population can be genetically transduced and used for ~ ' . ~ or can WO 95133823 _ PCTIUS9411378~ --be used in methods of in vifro analyses of infectious agents. For example, a population of tumor-infiltrating lylll,uho~ can be obtained from an individual afflicted with cancer and the T cells stimulated to proliferate to sufficient numbers. The resulting T cell population can be genetically transduced to express tumor necrosis factor (INF) or other factor and restored to the individual.
One particular use for the CD4+ T cells expanded by the method of the invention is in the treatment of HIV infection in an individual. Prolonged infection with HIV eventually results in a marked decline in the number of CD4+ T l~ hb~ . Tnis decline, in turn, causes a profound state of ~ fi~ nry, rendering the patient susceptible to an array of life threatening U,UIIUI ~ iC infections. R ~F' ' g the number of CD4+ T cells to normal levels may be expected to restore immune function to a sigmficant degree. Thus, the method described herein provides a means for selectively expanding CD4+ T cells to sufficient numbers to Ic~,ullaLi~uLc this population in an HIV infected patient. It may also be necessary is to avoid infecting the T cells during long-term stimulation or it may desirable to render the T
cells ~ y resistant to HIV infection. There are a number of techniques by vhich T
cells may be rendered either resistant to HIV infection or incapable of producing virus prior to restoring the T cells to the infected individual. For example, one or more anti-retroviral agents can be cultured with CD4+ T cells prior to expansion to inhibit HIV replication or viral production (e.g., drugs that target reverse l~ ,l r ' and/or other < ~ of the viral machinery, see e.g., Chow et al. (1993) Nafure 361, 650-6~3).
Several methods can be used to genetically transduce T cells to produce molecules which inhibit HIV infection or replication. For example, in one l ' t, T cells can be genetically transduced to produce 'I ' inhibitors, which are mutated"~....r, ,;....
forms of normal HIV gene products. T 1 ~ ' inhibitors function to nl ;y~ ûr 25 compete for binding with the wild type HIV proteins. Several i 11 inhibitors have been derived from HIV proteins including tat, rev, and gag. The function of tat is to enhance the I . . . ;p1;~ . of viral genes by binding to the trans activation response element (tar) found m the promûter region of mûst HIV genes. Rev, through binding to the rev response element (RRE) found at the 5' end of unspliced HIV transcripts, facilitates the transport of 30 ~ . u.,.,~ d mRNA from the nucleus to the cytoplasm for packaging into virions. Gag is first synthesized as a smgle poly~ Jti.lc and ~ l , bJ cleaved by a Yill._ e..~,od~,.l protease to yield three structural proteins, plS, pl7, and p24. T ' inhibitors derived from these gene products have been ~' ' to inhibit infection of cells cultured with lab pet HIV isolates. One example of a i ' inhibitor which appears 35 toactbyformingn. ..,r. ~ multimerswithwild-typeRevisRevM10. RevM10 construct has blocked infection of CEM cells by HTLV-IIIB for up to 28 days (Malim et al.
J~M176:1197,Bevecetal.PN~S89:9870). Inthesestudies,RevMlOfailedto~' ~WO 95/33823 , ~ PCT/US9~/13782 adverse effect on normal T cell function as judged by the criteria of growth rate and IL-2 secretion.
In another approach T cells can be transduced to produce molecules known as "molecular decoys" which are binding elements for viral proteins critical to replication or assembly, such as TAR. High level retrovirus-mediated expression of TAR in CEM SS cells has been found to effectively block the ARV-2 HIV isolate, as measured by RT assay (Sullenger et al. Cell 63:601). I~ )u~ llly, it also blocked SIV (SlVmac251) infection, suggesting that inhibition of HIV infection with molecular decoys may be generally applicable to various isolates and thereby alleviate the problem of Lyp~ uiabilily. Further, it has been .1. .~ .ar~l that TAR expression has no discernible effects on cell viability (Sullenger et al. J. Virol. 65:6811). Another "molecular decoy" which T cells can be transduced to produce is a soluble CD4 tagged at the carboxy terminus with a KDEL (Iysine-aspartic acid-glutamic acid-leucine) sequence, a signal for ER retention (Buonocore and Rose, PNAS 90:2695)(Nature 345:625). The sCD4-KDEL gene expression is driven by the HIV LTR. H9 cells transduced with the sCD4-KDEL construct show up regulation of expression of intrRrrlllllRr CD4 upon HIV infection. This strategy effectively blocked production of HIV MN for up to 60 days post infection. The proposed advantage of this inhibitor is that the virus should not be able to escape it's effect by mut_tmg because CD4 binding is essential for HIV infectivity.
T cells cam also be transduced to express antisense molecules and ribozyme whichblock viral replication or infection. Viral replication cam be inhibited with a variety of amtisense strategies. One particular ribozyme which cleaves HIV mtegrase (Sioud and Drlica, PN~S 88:7303), has been developed and may offer an approach to blocking infection as opposed to merely viral production.
Another approach to block HIV infection involves ' ~ T cells with HIV-regulated toxins. Two examples of this type of approach are the diphtheria toxin A gene (Harrison et al. AIDS Res. H~m. Retro. 8:39) and the herpes simplex virus type I thyrmdine kinase gene (HSV TK) (Caruso and Klatzmann, PNAS 89:182). In both cases" ~ a~
was umder the control of HIV regulatory sequences. While the diphtheria toxin is itself toxic, the HSV TK requires the addition of acyclovir to kill infected cells. For example the use of HSV TK followed by the addition of 10 ~m acyclovir for 17 days totally blocks HIV
infection of HUT 78 cells for up to 55 days of culture.
The methods for stimulatmg and expandmg a population of antigen specific T cellsare useful in therapeutic situations where it is desirable to upregulate an immune response (e.g., induce a response or enhance an existing response) upon l ' ~ ~ of the T cells to a subject. For example, the method can be used to enhance a T cell response against tumor-associated antigens. Tumor cells from a subject typically express tumor-associated antigens but may be unable to stimulate a ' y signal in T cells (e.g., because they lacks =
W095/33823 2 ~ 9 1 586 -' - PCTIUS94/13782 --expression of, ~ y molecules). Thus, tumor cells can be contacted with T cells frorn the subject in vifro and antigen specific T cells expanded according to the method of the inverition and the T cells returned to the subject. Alternatively, T cells can be stimulated and expanded as described herein to induce or enhance IC:~,UUll~ ,a~ to pathogenic agents, such 5 as viruses (e.g., human i.,.", ~ s~ .'i....,. ~ virus), bacteria, parasites and fungi.
This invention is further illustrated by the following examples which should not be construed as limiting. The contents of all references and published patent ~P~ cited throughout this application are hereby hl~,ul,uul~l~tl by reference. The following ,... l~nrlr~lf~y described in the Materials and Methods section was used throughout the 10 examples set forth below.
MF,TI:IODS AND MATF.R-AT,.'~
Prep~-~tinn of T"..,..)l,ili,..l Anti-CD3 Antihr,fly Tissue culture flasks were coated with anti-CD3 mn~nrlrln~l antibody. Although a15 number of anti-human CD3 ",...,r,rl.",.l antibodies are available, OKT3 prepared from hybridoma cells obtained from the American Type Culture Collection was used in this procedure. For any anfi-CD3 antibody the optimal ~..r~..,1.,.1;.... to be coated on tissue cultured flasks must be determined CAP. ' ' 71~/ . With OKT3, the optimal ~ .. 1, ,-l i.. "
was determined to be typically in the range of 0.1 to 10 llli~lu~ ~ per milliliter. To make coating solution, the antibody was suspended in 0.05 M tris-HCI, pH 9.0 (Sigma Chemical Co., St. Louis, MO). Coating solution sufficient to cover the bottom of a tissue culture flask was added (Falcon, Nunc or Costar) and incubated overnight at 4~ C. The flasks were washed three times with phosphate buffered saline without calcium or magnesium (PBS wlo Ca or Mg) and blocking buflfer (PBS w/o Ca or Mg plus 5% boYine serum albumin) added to 25 coYer the bottom of the flask and were incubated two hours at room t.,~ lt. c. After this incubation, flasks were used directly or frozen for storage, leaving the blocking solution on the flask.
I~nl 1if~n of Per~ph~r ~I Blood r ~ ncYtr~ (Psr .cd Samples were obtained by !~ n~ of healthy donors. Using sterile conditions, the leukocytes were transferred to a T80Q culture flask. The bag was washed with Hanks balanced salt solution wlo calcium or magnesium (HBSS wlo) (Wluttaker Bioproducts, Inc., Walkersville, MD). The cells were diluted with HBSS wlo and mixed well. The cells were then split equally behveen two 200 milliliter conical-bottom sterile plastic tissue culture tubes. Each tube was brought up to 200 ml with HBSS wlo and spun at 1800 RPM for 12 minutes in a Beckman TJ-6 centrifuge. The supernatant was aspirated and each pellet lf fl in 50 ml HBSS wlo. The cells were transferred to two 50 ml conical bottom tubes and spum at 1500 RPM for eight minutes. Again the supernatant was aspirated.
~ wo 9s/33823 2, 9 ~ 5 8 6 - ~ PCTfUS94fl3782 To Iyse the red blood cells, the cell pellets were ~ ..de,d in 50 m. of ACK Iysing buffer (Biofluids, Inc., Rockville MD, Catalog #304) at room ~ aL~ with gentle mixing for three minutes. The cells were again pelleted by spinning at 1500 RPM for 8 minutes.
After aspirating the snrPnnRtRnt the pellets were combined into one 50 rnl tube in 32 ml S HBSS w/o.
SeparationofthePBLsfrommonocyteswas .r.~ pll~l~ rlby ll~;rl~ through a PERCOLLThf gradient. To prepare I liter of PERCOLLThf solution (PERCOLL~M-MO),716 ml of PERCOLLT~f (Pharmacia, Piscataway, NJ, Catalog #17-0891 -01) was combined with 100 ml I .5 M sodium chloride, 20 ml I M sodium-HEPES, and 164 ml water. All 10 reagents must be tissue culture grade and sterile filtered. After mixing, this solution was filtered through a sterile 0.2 ,um3 filter and stored at 4~ C. 24 ml of PERCOLLrM-MO was added to each of two 50ml conical bottom tubes. To each tube 16 ml of the cell suspension was added. The solution was mixed well by gently inverting the tubes. The tubes were spun at 2800 RPM for 30 minutes without a brake. The tubes were removed from the centrifuge,~5 being careful not to mix the layers. The PBLs were at the bottoms of the tubes. Then, the a was aspirated and the PBLs were washed in HBSS w/o by r. ,U; r~ ; "g for 8 minutes at 1500 RPM.
1'PIl Srrtin,~ V;R NP.~,RtiveMR,~nnPIjr ¦l"" .,f.~.f~ ...... f The cell sorting via negative magnetic ;l........... ,. l. ~11.. c. ,.. f. must be performed at 4~ C.
The washed cell pellets obtained from the PERCOLL~M gradients described above were d m coating medium (RPMI-1640 (BioWhittaker, Walkersville, MD, Cataog #
12-167Y), 3~/O feta. ca f serum (FCS) (or 1% human AB- serum or 0.5% bovine serum albumin) S mM EDTA (Ouality Biological, Inc., (' ' ' ~ MD, Cat_og # 14-117-1),2 mM L-glutamine (BioWhittaker, Walkersville, MD, Catalog # 17-905C), 20 mM HEPES
(BioWhittaker, Wa kersville, MD, Catalog # 17-757A), 50 ugfml gentamicin (BioWhittaker, Walkersville, MD, Catalog # 17-905C)) to a cell density of 20 x I o6 per ml. A cocktail of lll" nrl.~ l antibodies directed to cell surface markers was added to a fina. ofI llgfml for each antibody. The ~ of this cocktail is designed to enrich for either CD4+ or CD28+ T cells. Thus, the cocktail will typically include antibodies to CD14, CD20, CDllb,CD16,HLA-DR,and(forCD4+cellsonly)CD8. (SeeTable I foralistofsorting , ..., .~ l., - ~l antibody cocktails.) The tube containing cells and amtibodies was rotated at 4~
for 30-45 minutes. At the end of this incubation, the cells were washed three times with coating medium to remove unbound antibody. Magnetic beads coated with goat anti-mouse IgG (Dynabeads M-450, Catalog #11006, P&S R~ C ' ' , MD) and prewashed with coating medium were added at a ratio of three beads per cell The cells and beads were then rotated for 1-1.5 hours at 4O C. The antibody-coated cells were removed using a magnetic particle: accordmg to the ~ directions (MPC-I, WO 9~/33823 2 1 9 1 ~ 8 6 ~ ; PCT/US94113782 Catalog # 12001, P&S Ri- ' ' 's, (' ' ' ~, MD). The n..,~ h. .~1 cells were washed out of the coating medium and ~ dcd in an appropriate culture medium.
TART.F,1: Sort~ M..,..~ Antihr~ly Crmkt:~ilc 5 (Italicized mAbs are available from the ATCC) l; v~ rn Ahc rt-A CD14 63D3 (IgGlJ, 20.3 fIgM) CD20 IF5 (IgG2a), Leu-16 (IgGI) CD16 FC-~2 (IgG2b), 3G8 (IgGI) HLA-DR 2.06 (IgGI), BlOa (IgG) ail ~ Rr~ ;Ye mAhe rT-B CD14 63D3 (IgGI), 20.3 (IgA~) CD21 HB5 (IgG2~) CD16 FC-2.2 (IgG2b), 3G8 (IgGI) HLA-DR 2.06 (IgGI), HBlOa (IgG) f;y~ rnAhc r9.3-A CD14 63D3 (IgGI), 20.3 (IgM) CD20 IF5 (IgG2a), Leu-16 (IgGI) CDl lb OKMl (lgG2~, 60~ gG2b) CD16 FC-2.2 (IgG2b),3G8 (IgGlJ
HLA-DR 2. 06 (IgGI), HB I Oa (IgG) '; Y~; I Ahc r9.3-B CD14 63D3 (IgGI), 20.3 (IgM) CD21 HB5 (IgG2~
CDl lb OKMl (lgG2~), 60.1 (IgG2b) CD16 FC-2.2 (IgG2b),3G8 (IgGI) HLA-DR 2. 06 (IgGI), HB l Oa (IgG) ~ktail ~r~ Rr~ ;v~ rnAbs ~W095/33823 2 1 9 1 S 8 6 PCTNS94/13782 , ~; ., rCD4-A CD14 63D3 ~IgGI), 20.3 (IGM) CD20 IF5 (IgG2a). Leu-16 (IGgl) CDl lb OKMl (lgG2~), 60~ gG2b) CD16 FC-2.2 (IgGb), 3G8 ~IgGI) HLA-DR 2. 06 (IgGl), HB I Oa (IgG) CD8 51.1(1gG2), G10-l.l(qgG2a), 0Rl'8, (IgG2a) jy~ mAh~
rCD8-B CD14 63D3 (IgGI), 20.3 (IgM) CD20 IF5 (IgG2a), Leu-16 (IGgl) CDl lb OKMl (lgG2~), 60.1 (1SG2b) CD16 FC-2.2 agG2b), 3G8 (IgGI) HLA-DR 2.06 (IgGI), HBlOa (IgG) CD4 G17-2.8 (IgGI) ~ F,~ iv~ rnAh~
rMO CD2 35.1 (IgG2a), 9.6 (IgG2a) CD20 IF5 (IgG2a), Leu-16 (IGgl) WO 95/33823 ' i ~ é PCTNS94/13782 21 91~86 ;V~ m~,h~
rB CD2 35.1 (IgG2a), 9.6 agG2a) CD14 63D3 (IgGI), 20.3 (IgM) CDl lb OKMI (lgG2b), 60-1 (IgG2b) CD16 FC-2.2 (IgG2b),3G8 (IgGI) T.nn~ Tern S
Tissue culture flasks precoated with anti-CD3 mnnnrlnnPl antibody were thawed and washed three times with PBS. The purified T cells were added at a density of 2 X 106/ml.
Anti-CD28 I,..,l,nrl,,.._l antibody mAb 9.3 (Dr. Jeffery Ledbetter, Bristol Myers Squibb t~nrpnrPtinn Seattle, WA) or EX5.3D10, ATCC Deposit No. HB 11373 (Repligen Corporation, Cambridge, MA) was added at a ~ . ..1,..1;..,, of I ~lg/ml and cells were 10 cultured at 37'~ C overnight. The cells were then detached from the flask by forceful pipetting and transferred to a fresh untreated flask at a density of 0.5 x 106/ml. Thereafter, the cells were . ' ' every other day by forceful pipetting and diluted to 0.5 x 106/ml. The meam diameter of the cells was monitored daily with a Coulter Coumter 2M mterfaced to a Coulter t'l 'y~l Resting T cells have a mean diameter of 6.8 microns. With this 15 stimulation protocol, the mean diameter increased to over 12 microns by day 4 and then begam to decrease by about day 6. When the mean diameter decreased to about 8 microns, the cells were again stimulated overnight with anti-CD3 and anti-CD28 as above. It was important that the cells not be allowed to return to resting diameter. This cycle was repeated for as long as tbree months. It can be expected that the time between lC ' will 20 ~luKl~i~..;c~,ly decrease.
Examplel: 1 T- Gro~h~'CD4+TrPllcWithA ~ CD3 ~1)28 A "- ~ ' Previous known methods to culture T cells in vitro require the addition of exogenous 25 feeder cells or cellular growth factors (such as interleukin 2 or 4) and a source of antigen or mitogenic plant lectin. Peripheral blood CD28+ T cells were isolated by negative selection using magnetic ~ -' ' and mnnnrlnnql antibodies as described in the Methods and Materials section above. CD4+ cells were further isolated from the T cell population by treating the cells with anti-CD8 mnnnrlnrql antibody and removing the CD8+ cells with 30 magnetic ;.. , . .. ,1,. ~ Briefly, T cells were obtained from l~,lJku~h~,lca;a of a normal donor, and purified vvith FICOLLTM density gradient . ~ . ,l,; ru~ followed by magnetic -' ' sorting. The resulting CD28+, CD4+ T cells were cultured in defined medium (X-VivolO contair;mg gentamicin and L-glutamme (Whittaker Bioproducts) at an initial ~wo 9~/33823 2 1 ~ i 5 8 6 . ~ I ~ PCT/US94/13782 density of 2.0 x 106/ml by adding cells to culture dishes containing plastic-adsorbed Goat amti-mouse IgG (Kirkega. rd and Perry T qhrlr,qt~rire, ~ thrr.~b.lrg MD) and anti-CD3 mAb G19-4. After 48 hours, the cells were removed and placed in flasks containing either hIL-2 (5~/0, CalBiochem) or anti-CD28 mAb (500 ng/ml). The cells cultured with IL-2 were fed 5 with fresh IL-2 at 2-day intervals. Fresh medium was added to all cultures as required to maintain a cell density of 0.5 x 106/ml. Cells were u ' ' at .3r ' ' ~y weekly intervals by culture on plastic-adso}bed anti-CD3 mAb for 24 hours, the cells removed and placed at I .0 x 106/ml in fresh medium in flasks containing either IL-2 or anti-CD28 mAb.
In the example shown in Figure 1, the culture vessel initially contained 50 x lo6 10 cells, amd the cells were cultured in an optimal amount of mitogenic lectin PHA, or cultured withcyclicstimulationofplastic;,..,.-.l.;l;,.danti-CD3mAbinthepresenceofinterleukin2 or anti-CD28 mAb 9.3. The cells cultured in PHA alone did not proliferate, with all cells dying by about day 20 of culture"' ~ l_ the functional absence of accessory cells. In contrast, the cells grown in anti-CD3 with IL-2 or anti-CD28 entered a logarithmic growth 15 phase, with equal rates of growth for the frst three weeks of culture. However, the anti-CD3 cultures began to diverge in growth rates during the fourth week of culture, with the IL-2 fed cells entering a plateau phase after a ~2.81og l o expansion. In contrast, the cultures grown in the presence of anti-CD28 remained in logarithmic growth until the sixth week of culture, at which time there had been a -3.81Og1o expansion. Thus, CD28 receptor ~timnlqtif~n perhaps 20 by anti-CD28 ulo ,~lhll~ g, is able to stimulate the growth of CD4+ T cells in the absence of fetal calf serum or accessory cells, and fl~ ..uu.c, about 10-fold more cells can be obtained using anti-CD28 as opposed to addition of exogenous IL-2. In repeated . ~1.. . ;". .'~, CD4+
T cell expansion usimg anti-CD28 antibody Cu-~ Ll~ yielded more CD4+ T cells than expansion using IL-2 (e.g., up to 1000-fold more cells). This system has the added advantage of not requiring the presence of accessory cells which may be a.lv _ in clinicalsituations where accessory cells are limiting or defective.
Example 2: L~ T~ G,row~h of Ar~i-CD2~-TI ~ ' T rPIlc ln r~
F~t~ r s Another series of 1~ tested whether the growth advantage of CD28 receptor stimulation was due to I~ ll~lL of factors normally present in fetal calf serum. T cells were obtained from I ' r ~ c~h> of a normal donor, and purified with FICOLLTM density gradient rrntrjfil~,qtinn~ followed by magmetic ;.~ 1, - 1 sorting. The resulting CD28+, CD4+ T cells were cultured at an initial density of 2.0 x 106/ml in medium (RPMI-1640 containing 10% heat-inactivated fetal calf serum [Hyclone, Logan, Utah] and gentamicin and L-glutamine) by adding cells to culture dishes containing plastic-adsorbed OKT3. After 48 hours, the cells were removed and placed in flasks containing either hIL-2 (10~/o final c~ "-~ Rir rhf~m) or anti-CD28 mAb 9.3 (800 ng/ml). The cells were fed with wossl33823 21 91 586 Pcr/uss4/l3782 --fresh medium as required to maintain a cell density of 0.5 x 106/ml, and ~C~lLilll l._'~.i at alJ~lL~hll_8,1y weekly intervals by culture on plastic adsorbed anti-CD3 mAb for 24 hours.
As shown in Figure 2, the cells entered logarithrnic growth phase, with equal rates of growth for the first three weeks of culture. However, the anti-CD3 cultures began to diverge 5 in growth rates during the fourth week of culture, with the IL-2 fed cells entering a plateau phase after a ~4.01Oglo expansion. In contrast, the cultures grown in the presence of anti-CD28 remained in logarithmic growth umtil the fifth week of culture, at which time there had been a ~5.llog1o expansion. Thus, CD28 stimulation resulted in a ~l~S,000-fold expamsion of the initial culture while IL-2 feeding resulted in a 10,000-fold expansion of cells.
Example 3: l _ Tl Gro~h of T rf~llc ~ Phorbol r~
' A~ ~D28-A ~ ~ ~ T r~ollc Further . ~l~ tested whether alternative methods of activating T cells would also permit CD28 stimulated growth. Pl.A. ,., ~ Og;L activation of T cells with PMA and 15 ionomycin is thought to mimic antigen receptor triggering of T cells via the TCR/CD3 complex. T cells were obtained from l . L . ,1,1. . c~ ~ of a normal donor, and purified with sequential FICOLLlM and PERCOLL~M density gradient ~ ....s; r~ , followed bymagnetic i.,.,, Ir~b~ All sorting. The resulting CD28+, CD4+ T cells were cultured at an initial density of ~o x 106/ml by adding cells to culture dishes containing phorbol myristic acid (PMA 3 nglml, Sigma) amd ionomycm (120 ng/ml, ~ rh~r.A. lot #3710232). After 24 hours, the cells were diluted to 0.5 x 106/ml and placed in flasks containing either rlL-2 (50 IU/ml, Boerhinger Mannheim, lot #11844900)) or amti-CD28 mAb (I ug/ml). The cells were fed with fresh medium as required to maintain a cell density of 0.5 x 106/ml, and ' I cyclically at ap,UIUAil~ ,y weekly intervals by readdition of PMA and ionomycin. Fresh IL-2 was added to the IL-2 containing culture at daily intervals.
The results of this experiment are shown m Figure 3. T cells that were purified of accessory cells did not grow in cell nurnbers in the presence of PMA ("P" in th-e Figure) and ionomycin ("I" in the Figure), with or without IL-2. The cells clumped amd enlarged, as indicated by size analysis, mdicating the cells had been induced to enter the Gl phase of the cell cycle but did not progress to DNA synthesis and cell division. In contrast, addition of CD28 mAb to PMA plus ionomycin treated cells resulted in logarithmic cell growth. Thus, anti-CD3 mAb is not required to provide T cell activation. It should be appreciated that other activators of protein kinase C, such as bryostatin or dia.,~4;1y~,~,lul can be used in place of PMA.
~WO 95/33823 2 1 9 1 5 8 6 i PCT/US94/13782 Example 4: 1 t of Cr~l1C C ' ' With A ' cm S' ' ' ~ ' '"' ot'TI,-2 ~r~r'i-CD?51 ~h To examine the subsets of T cells that are expanded, PBL were propagated for 16 days using either amti-CD3 and IL-2 or anti-CD3 and anti-CD28. Figure 4 .1. . ,.1 ~ u. s ~ the 5 selective enrichment of CD4 cells from peripheral blood Iyu.~lloc~ . Mnn~nn.~ r cells wereisolatedfrombloodbyficollhypaquedensitygradient...,uir.~ ." Thecellswere stained with CD4 and CD8 " .. ."nr1. ~lrl antibodies, and analy~d for the percent positive cells on day 0. The cells were then cultured on plastic i.. ,.n1.;1i,. J anti-CD3 .. ,.nrl .. , 1 amtibodyG19-4plusIL-2Orplastic;.,....n1.,1;,.Janti-CD3mnnn.1nn~1antibodyG19-4plus anti-CD28 1l... nrln.. A1 antibody 9.3 (0.5 llg/ml). The cells were isolated from culture on day 16, and repeat staining for CD4 and CD8 antigens was done by flow cytometry. Data was gated on the IYU~ U~ , population by forward angle light scatter amd side scatter. By this analysis, the % CD4 and CD8 cells were 8.0% and 84.5% in the cells grown in IL-2, amd 44.6% and 52.5% in the cells grown in CD28. These results suggest that CD28 expansion 15 favors the CD4+ cell, in contrast to the well c .LUl,li .l.~l observation that CD8+ cells pl1 ' in cells grown in IL-2 (for example, see D.A. Cantrell and K.A. Smith, (1983), JE~;p Med 158:1895andGullberg,M.andK.A.Smith(1986)JEi~p.Med 163,270).
To further test this possibility, CD4+ T cells were enriched to 98% purity usingnegative selection with ...- ...nrl....~1 antibodies and magnetic ' ' as described 20 above Fluorescent Activated Cell Sorter (FACS) Analysis was used to examine the phenotype of the T cells cultured with anti-CD3 ~md anti-CD28. Cells were pelleted by ~ ~r nn and ~ L .1 in PBS/1% BSA. The cells were then washed by repeatingthis procedure twice. The cells were pelleted and ~ ..L .~ in 100 111 of primary amtibody solution, vortexed, amd kept on ice for one hour. After washing twice in PBS/1% BSA, the cells were ~ ........ L ;i im 100 111 of n ~ I ~ ~ ~ goat-anti-mouse IgG amd mcubated for 30 minutes on ice. At the end of this incubation, the cells were washed twice m PBS and 1 in 500 ~.d 1% ~ .yd~ in PBS. The labeled cells were analy~d on an Ortho Cy~unuulu6.~pll. Cells were stained after isolation, or atter 26 days in culture, with ~L~,u~ly i' conjugated anti-CD3 (Leu-4), CD4 (Leu-3A), CD8 (OKT8) or with IgG2acontrol - ' ' antibodies amd rl.. G~.. ..r qu~mtified with a flow cytometer. The cells were cultured for one month using amti-CD3 and either IL-2 or amti-CD28 to propagate the cells. There was equal expansion of the cells for the first 26 days of the culture (not shown), however, as c m be seen m Figure 5, the phenotype of the cells diverged p~u6~..,.;c .,ly with increasing time in culture so that at day 26 of culture, the I ' ~ cell in anti-CD28 culture was CD4+ while the cells in the IL-2 culture were I ' '.~ CD8+. Thus, CD28 receptor ' perhaps by .. ~ i.............. g is able to selectively expand T cells of the CD4 phenotype while the UUII~,ll.,iUUal method of in vi~ro T cell culture yields cells of the CD8 phenotype. Additional CAIJ. ~ ' have been conducted with similar results, indicating that W095/33823 2 1 9 1 5 8 6 . . ! : PCT/US94/13782 CD28 stimulation of initially mixed populations of cells is able to yield cultures containing ,ulclullfL._'~,ly or exclusively CD4 T cells, and thus one c_n expand and "rescue" the CD4 cells that were initially present in limiting amounts.
5 l~xarnple 5: Use nf CPII S ~ or C ' F. ~ of B7 on CD4+ T ~ to r~
T CPII i . ,~ -To determine the time of T cell, ~ changes in cell volume were monitored usmg a Coulter Counter ZM interfaced with a Coulter. CD28+, CD4+ T cells were isolated as described by magnetic ;11111111..., ,. 1. ,,1;. ",, and cultured in the presence of amti-CD28 mAb 9.3 (0.5 ~Lg/ml) and lC ' ' with plastic i~rAA,hili7.'~i anti-CD3 mnnn~AlnnAl amtibody G194 as indicted. Figure 9 ,l...,....~ the cyclic changes in cell volume during six CVl~ Ve l~ ("Sl " to "S6") performed essentially as described in Example 1.
Briefly, cells were expanded with anti-CD3 and anti-CD28 over three weeks in culture. Cells were changed to fresh medium at each l~ IA ;1111 with anti-CD3 antibody. !~8 ", .
were spaced at ten day intervals. The cells were . ' ' whenever cell volume decreased to <400 fl.
In anot_er ~ r t, cyclic expression of the B7-1 antigen was used to determine the time for T cell ,, ' The cells obtained from the experiment shown in Figure 10 were stained with a CAl~A-41g fusion protein (obtained from Repligen t'nrrnrAtinn see also Linsley P.S. et al. (1991) J. Exp. Med. 174, 561-569) and analyzed by flow cytometry to measure B7-1 receptor expression. It was determined that CD4+ T cells do not initially express the B7-1 receptor, and that with culture, expression is induced. Further, the B7-1 expression was found to be transient, and to be re-induced with repeated anti-CD3 Esarnple 6: r of C ' ~ ~ by T t~llc F " ~ & Ar~i-CD28 C~ - ' "
F~l,. . ;".. .,l~ were conducted to analy~ the cytokines produced by T cells following anti-CD28 s~ lAtinn CD28+/CD4+ T cells were isolated as described in the previous examples. The cells were stimulated with plastic; --- .i.;l;,. ;i anti-CD3 mAb amd IL-2 (200 30 U/ml), or anti-CD3 and anti-CD28 without added l~ L.l~i. The cells were lca-ill.J!~b,d with anti-CD3 antibody as determined by changes in cell volume as described in Example 5.
Cell culture supernatant was removed at the time points indicated and amaly~d for IL-2 (Figure 11), GM-CSF (Figure 12), and TNF-a (Figure 13). IL-2 was determined by bioassay on CTLL-2 cells while TNF-a and GM-CSF were measured by ELISA accordir g to 35 ...A.. r~ ~ U~,livl~ (TNFa, GMCSF:R&D Systems, Mimneapolis, MN). The data shownforthevariouscytokinesarefromseparate,~l,..;- ..,~ Inother..p..; ..I~(not shown) anti-CD3 plus anti-CD28 stimulation was shown to cause high levels of IL-4 and IL-~~VO 9~;/33823 2 ~ 9 1 5 8 6 ~ ~ PCT/US94113782 5 in culture ~ after a,u~l~ ly day 10 of culture, although only small amoumts of these cytokines were present during the early period of culture.
The pattems of cytokine secretion with cells expanded by several rP~timnlotil~neaccording to the protocol described in the examples was compared to cells expanded with 5 amti-CD3 plus IL-2 over three weeks in culture. Cells were changed to fresh medium at each r. ~tim~ tinn with anti-CD3 antibody. Stim~ofi--ns were spaced at ten day intervals. After 24 hours of further culture, an aliquot of cell culture supernat nt was removed for assay.
ELISA assays for individual cytokines were performed with kits from various suppliers (IL-2:T Cell Diagnostics, Cambridge, MA; IFN-1~ Endogen, Inc., Boston, MA; IL~, TNFa, 10 GMCSF:R&D Systems, ~.~i. ", ap.~ , MN) according to directions supplied with the kits. As can be seen from the results of a l~,ul~,s~,llLaLivc experiment shown in Table 2, the two protocols result in very similar levels of IL-2 and IL-4 secretion. The higher levels of GM-CSF and TNFa secretion with anti-CD3 and anti-CD28 ~ timnloti~m suggests that tne plulirclaLivc capacity of this ~ , of stimuli may be due in part to its ability to 15 stimulate an autocrine loop.
Table 2 C~ , ~ of cytokines secreted by T cells expanded with anti-CD3 and IL-2 versus T cells expanded with anti-CD3 and anti-CD28.
C.., . .'i,.18 ~.. of IyllluLokille in pg/ml S ' Costimulus IL-2 IFN-y IL4 GM-CSF TNFa cycle Sl IL-2 20714 1458 16 2303 789 aCD28 13794 2211 14 3812 3387 aCD28 28411 56600 1030 138207 13448 aCD28 14129 12583 1044 120418 5969 W0 95133823 2 1 9 1 5 8 ~ PCIIUS94113782 Example7: r ~ ~ of TCellsF " ~ A ~D28S- ' The po~ ull~l;Ly of a population of T cells following stimulation with an anti-CD3 and an anti-CD28 antibody as described in the preceding examples was ~Ptrrminrd CD28+/CD4+ T cells were isolated as described in the previous examples. The cells were S stimulated with plastic immr~hili7Pd anti-CD3 mAb and anti-CD28 mAb and FACS analysis conducted essentially as described in Example 4 using a panel of anti-TCR antibodies (V135a, V,B5b, V~5c, V~6a, V~8a, V!312a and V~2a) obtained from r~ ~ The polyclonality of the T cell population was determined before (Day 1) and after stimulation (Day 24). As shown in Figure 14, tbe TCR diversity of a population of T cells stimulated through CD28 is maintained at day 24.
Example 8: t~ ~' of CPll e ~ ~ ~ of T CPIIC f l~TTV+ ' IllV-l ' ' ' F -' ~ A ' ~DZ8 8' ' ' Another series Of ~ - was conducted to determine the expression of various T
cell surf~e markers on cells from HIV :~ClU~/Ua;LiVC and 7~lull~,t;adve individuals expanded ~cording to the procedures described in the previous examples. CD28+/CD4+ T cells were obtained as described herein. In these . . the anti-CD3 mAb was labeled with a first label (e.g., rhodamine) and the appropriate second antibody (e.g., anti-CD28, anti-CD4, anti-CD8) was labeled with a second label (e.g., fluorescein). T cells were stimulated with plastic immt hili7r~1 amti-CD3 m--Ab and anti-CD28 mAb as described herein and the percent of T cells expressing a variety of cell surface markers at differenct ' (i.e., Sl, S2 and S3) determined by FACS analysis. As shown in ~igures 15 and 16, the overall cell surface marker distribution on T cells obtained from HIV s~,~v~u:~iLi~, and :~CI~ ,, ve mdividuals is ~ lu~ihl._-~ly the same throughout the stimulation assay. It is noteworthy that the presence of one cell surface marker, CD45RA, which is a marker for naive T cells, declines over the com se of CD28 stimulated T cell expansion. In contrast, the percent of T
cells expressing-the memory T cell surface marker, CD45RO, increases with CD28 stim~ tilm Thus, T cell expansion through CD28 stimulation preferentially expands memory T cells or converts naive T cells to memory T cells. It should be noted that the decline m the percent of T cells expressing CD28 is an artifact of the experiment due to the presence of anti-CD28 amtibody in the T cell culture throughout the assay. The presence of anti-CD28 amtibody prevents staining of the CD28 antigen.
Example g: 1 _ T~ Growth of CD8+ T rPIlc With A ~1)~
r~ ' ' A ' ' - ~ 2rl8 FYpPrir- Pnte were conducted to determine whether a population of CD8+ T cells could be ,ulef~lc;ll~ lly expanded by stimulation with an anti-CD3 mAb and a amtibody 2D8. CD28+ T cells were obtained essentially as described m Example I . To assay ~W0 95133823 2 1 9 1 5 ~ 6 ~ PCTIUS94/13782 for CD8 expression, a primary anti-CD8 antibody and a labeled appropriate secondary antibody were used in FACS analysis to detennine the percent positive cells. As shown in Figure 17, at day 7 following stimulation of T cells with the anti-CD3 mAb G19-4sp and the mAb 2d8, the CD8+ fraction had increased from ~ u~hllat~ly 20% to over 4û%. Another 5 ,"..".~,l. ."~l antibody ER4.7GI I (referred to as 7GI 1) was also found to stimulate CD8+ T
cells. This antibody was raised against ~ human CTLA4 and has been deposited with the ATCC on June 3, 1994 at Accession No. 11642. This result indicates that binding of either a distinct region of CTLA4 or of a cross-reactive cell surface protein selectively activates CD8+ T cells.
E~amplclO~ F4- of -rl - ' 'A ' 1, 2n~ ~cr ~ _ -CDg ~
To detemine the epitope of the ".. .",.,l. I..AI antibody 2D8, epitope mapping was performed by phage display library (PDL) screening and was confirmed using synthetic 15 peptides. A random 20 amino acid PDL was prepared by cloning a degenerate ,~lig~.. " .. l. . ,l if lr imto the fUSE5 vector (SCOK~ J.K. and Smith, G.P. (1990) Science 2~ 386-390) as described in Cwirla, S.E. et al. (1990) Proc. NatL A.cad. Sci. U~ 87:6378-6382. The PDL was used to identify short peptides that specifically bound mAb 2D8 by a lll;~
technique described in Jellis, C.L. et al. (1993) Gene 137:63-68. Individual phage clones werepurifiedfromthelibrarybyvirtueoftheiraffmityfori".,.,.-l,!i,~.lmAbandtheramdom peptide was identified by DNA ~Pq -Pnf inFI Briefly, mAb 2D8 was coatcd onto Nunc Maxisorp 96 well plates amd incubated with 5 x 101~ phage l~ 8 x 106 different phage displaying random 20 amino acid peptides. S, ~~ "~, bound phage were eluted, amplified, then incubated with the antibody a second time. After the third round, 7 phage were isolated, and DNA was prepared for ~eql~Pn~ inp Sequence analysis of these clones ,l ' that three of the seven sequences were identical amd a fourth was similar:
2D8#2(SEQIDNO: I) HQFCDHWGCWLLRETHIFTP
2D8#4 HQFCDHWGCWLLRETHIFTP
2D8#10 HQFCDHWGCWLLRETHIFTP
2D8#6(SEQIDNO:2) LRLVLEDPGIWLRPDYFFPA
Based on this data an epitope of G X W L X DIE (SEQ ID NO: 8) was proposed.
In addition to CTLA4, a second antigen for mAb 2D8 was discovered usmg cDNA
expression cloning.
wO gs/33823 2 1 9 1 5 8 6 PCTIUS9~/13782 A. C-.nctr~rti-~n of a ~AnNA F.~rrcci~-n T ihrary A cDNA library was constructed in the pCDM8 vector (Seed, (1987) Na~ure ~:840) using poly (A)+ RNA isolated from activated T cells as described (Aruffo et al. (1987) Proc.
~latl. Acad. Sci. USA ~L:3365). To prepare total RNA, T cells were harvested from culture 5 and the cell pellet 1~ ,;, . d in a solution of 4 M guanidine thiocyanate, 0.5 ~/O sarkosyl, 25 mM EDTA, pH 7.5, 0.13 % Sigma anti-foam A, and 0.7 % ~ v~ nl RNA was purified from the 1-."... ,~;. - '- by c~ ntrifi~g,Atil~n for 24 hour at 32,000 rpm through a solution of 5.7 M CsCI, 10 mM EDTA, 25 mM Na acetate, pH 7. The pellet of RNA was dissolved in 5 % sarkosyl, I mM EDTA, 10 mM Tris, pH 7.5 and extracted with two volumes of 50 %
phenol, 49 % chloroform, I % isoamyl alcohol. RNA was ethanol ~c~ ;L~L~d twice. Poly (A)+ RNA used in cDNA library c~ ;" - 1;.~,, was purified by two cycles of oligo (dT)-cellulose selection.
DNA was synthesized from 5.5 ,ug of poly(A)+ RNA in a reaction containing 50 mM Tris, pH 8.3, 75 mM KCI, 3 mM MgC12, 10 mM .~ 11, 500 IlM
dATP, dCTP, dGTP, dTTP, 50 ~lg/ml oligo(dT)12 18, 180 units/ml RNasin, and 10,000 units/ml Mol~ I\~Y reverse 1~ - in a total volume of 55 ~LI at 37 ~C for I hr.
Following reverse n - ;~ the cDNA was converted to double-stranded DNA by adjusting the solution to 25 mM Tris, pH 8.3, 100 mM KCI, 5 mM MgC12, 250 ~LM each dATP, dCTP, dGTP, dTTP, 5 mM ' ' ' c .1 250 units/ml DNA polymerase I, 8.5 units/mlrih.~n.~ Ac~Handincubatingat 16~Cfor2hr. EDTAwasaddedto 18mMand the solution was extracted with an equal volume of 50 % phenol, 49 % chloroform, I %
isoamyl alcohol. DNA was ~1~ , ' with two volumes of ethanol in the presence of 2.5 M ammonium acetate amd with 4 ~ of linear ~U~ n as carrier. In addition, cDNA was synthesized from 411g of poly(A)+ RNA in a reaction containing 50 mM Tris, pH
8.8, 50 ~Lg/ml oligo(dT)12 18, 327 units/ml RNasin, and 952 units/ml AMV reversein a total volume of 1001l1 at 42 ~C for 0.67 hr. Following reverse u. - . ;~
the reverse ~ was inactivated by heating at 70 ~C for 10 min. The cDNA was converted to double-stranded DNA by adding 320 ~LI H20 and 80 111 of a solution of O.lM
Tris, pH 7.5, 25 mM MgC12, 0.5 M KCI, 250 llg/ml bovine serum albumm, and 50 mM
liLvLLl~ 1, and adjusting the solution to 200 IlM each dATP, dCTP, dGTP, dTTP, 50 units/ml DNA poly.ll.,.~., I, 8 units/ml l i ' H and mcubating at 16 ~C for 2 hours.
EDTA was added to 18 mM and the solution was extracted with an equal volume of 50 %
phenol, 49 % chloroform, I % isoamyl alcohol. DNA was precipitated with two volumes of ethanol in the presence of 2.5 M ammonium acetate and with 4 lll;~.l~J~;l~.l.~ of linear pol~lyLI.ide as carrier.
The DNA from 4 ,ug of AMV reverse t. . and 2.0 llg of Moloney MLV
reverse u A- '- ' 11~ 1 were combined. Non 5 1 r. . ~ Y BstXI adaptors were added to the DNA as follows: The double-stranded cDNA from 61~g of poly(A)+ RNA was incubated ~W095133823 2 1 9 1 5 8 6 1; PCI/US94113782 with 3.6 !lg of a kinased ~ gnn~ poti~lp of the sequence CTTTAGAGCACA (SEQ ID NO:
5) and 2.4 llg of a kinased .1 ir~ fU~ P of the sequence CTCTAAAG in a solution containing 6 mM Tris, pH 7.5, 6 mM MgC12, 5 mM NaCI, 350 llg/ml bovine serum albumin, 7 mM ~ iu~ -1, 0.1 mM ATP, 2 mM d;:L;uLLc:iLul, I mM cpPrmi~inP and 600 units S T4 DNA ligase in a total volume of 0.45 ml at 15 ~C for 16 hours. EDTA was added to 34 mM and the solution was extracted with an equal volume of 50 % phenol, 49 ~/O chloroform, I % isoamyl alcohol. DNA was ,u~, , ' with two volumes of ethanol in the presence of 2.5 M :lmm~-nil-m acetate.
DNA larger than 600 bp was selected as follows: The adaptored DNA was redissolved in 10 mM Tris, pH 8, 1 mM EDTA, 600 mM NaCI, 0.1 ~~c sarkosyl and .,L, ~ ' ' on a Sepharose CL-4B column in the same buffer. DNA in the void volume of the column (containing DNA greater than 600bp) was pooled and ethanol ,u.c .
The pCDM8 vector was prepared for cDNA cloning by digestion with BstXI and IJ. " ~ ;. .11 on an agarose gel. Adaptored cDNA from 6 llg of poly(A)+RNA was ligated to 2.25 ~Lg of BstXI cut pCDM8 in a solution containing 6 mM Tris, pH 7.5, 6 mM MgC12, 5 mM NaCI, 350 llg/ml bovine serum albumin, 7 mM 1ll~ u~ u - --,~1 0.I mM ATP, 2 mM
dilliuLLc;Lol~ I mM . ~ ' and 600 units T4 DNA ligase in a total volume of 1.5 ml at 15 ~C for 24 hr. The ligation re~tion mixture was then I ","~ r ., . ~ into competent E.coli DHIOB/P3 by standard techniques.
Plasmid DNA was prepared from a 500 ml culture of the original I, "" r " .~;,," of the cDNA librOEy. Plasmid DNA was purified by the alkaline Iysis procedure followed by twice bamding in CsCI P~lnilihrillTn gradients (Maniatis et al, Molecular Cloning: A
Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring HOEbor, NY (1987)).
B. fllmir~T ProrP~ e In the cloning procedure, the cDNA expression librOEy was introduced into MOP8 cells (ATCC No. CRL1709) using 1;~ and the cells screened with mAb 2D8 to identify ~. . f . 1 . t' expressing a 2D8 ligand on their surface. In the first round of screening, thilty 100 mm dishes of 50 % confluent COS cells were transfected with 0.05 llg/ml activated T cell librOEy DNA using the DEAE-Dextram method (Seed, B. et al. (1987) Proc. Nafl. Acad. Sci. U~4 84:3365). The cells were trypsinized and re-plated after 24 hours.
After 47 hours, the cells were det~hed by incubation in PBS/0.5 mM EDTA, pH 7.4/0.02 %
Na azide at 37 ~C for 30 min.
Detached cells were treated with 10 ~Lg/ml mAb 2D8. Cells were incubated with the 1".. .~ 1 OEntibody for 45 rninutes at 4~C. Cells were washed and distributed into pOEming dishes coated with affinity-purified goat anti-mouse IgG antibody amd allowed to attach at room i , c. After 3 hours, the plates were gently washed twice with PBS/0.5 mM
EDTA, pH 7.4/0.02 % Na azide, 5% FCS and once with 0.15 M NaCI, 0.01 M Hepes, pH
WO 9~133823 2 ~ 9 1 5 8 6 , ~ I ~ PCTIIJS94/13782 7.4,5 % FCS. Unbound cells were thus removed and episomal DNA was recovered from the adherent panned cells by conventional techniques.
Episomal DNA was ~ .", . ;l into E. coli DHl OB/P3. The plasmid DNA was re-introduced into MOP8 cells using I ;~ f I - - -; 1 If ~ and the cycle of expression amd panning was 5 repeated twice. Cells expressing a 2D8 ligand were selected by panning on dishes coated with goat anti-mouse IgG antibody. After the third round of screening, plasmid DNA was prepared from mdividual colonies and transfected mto MOP8 cells by the DEAE-Dextran method. Expression of a 2D8 ligamd on transfected MOP8 cells was analyzed by indirect immunonuulcDc.,u.,e with mAb 2D8 (See Figure 18).
DNA from one clone (mpS) identified as positive by FACS analysis was sequenced using standard techniques. FASTA analysis of the arnino acid sequence of mpS identified a matching protein, CD9~ in the GCG data banks. The full amino acid sequence of CD9 is shown below (SEQ ID NO: 6).
BESTFIT analysis of the phage epitopes of mAb 2D8 to the amino acid sequence of 15 CD9 revealed a close match:
G C W L L R E (phage 2D8#2, 4, 10; SEQ ID NO: 3) G I W L R P D (phage 2D8#6; SEQ ID NO: 4) G L W L R F D (CD9 sequence; SEQ ID NO: 7) 2û
FT DOMAIN 111 194 EXIRACELLULAR (PROBABLE) FT DOMAIN 221 227 CYTOPLASMIC (PROBABLE) FT CONFLICT 8 8 C ~ S (INREF. 1) FT CONFLICT 66 66 G ~ A (IN REF. 1) FT CONFLICT 193 193 MISSING (IN REF. I) SQ SEQUENCE = ~7AA; 25285MW; 261251 CN;
Cd9_Human Length: ~7 May25,1994 14:10 Type: P Check: 1577 (SEQ ID NO: 6) PVKGGTKCIK YLLFGFNFIF WLAGIAVLAI GLWLRFDSQT KSIFEQETNN
101 IEIAAAI~VGY SHKDEVIKEV Qkl YKI) l Y~K LKTKDEPQRE TLKAIHYALN
~ WO 95/33823 2 1 9 1 ~ 8 6 PC~/US94/13782 1~1 CCGLAGGVEQ FISDICPKKD VLETFTVKSC PDAIKEVFDN KFHIIGAVGI
201 GL~WMIFGM IFSMILCCAI RRNREMV
EOUIVAT,T~ l~ITS
Those skilled in the art vill recogmzc, or be able to ascertain using no more than routine ~ ~p ~ many equivalents to the specific .......... ,.,1"~ ofthe invention described herein. Such equivalents are intended to be ~ l by the follo ving claims.
WO95/33823 2 ~ 9 1 58~ ;, . PCTr~S94/13782 SEQUENCE LISTING
(1) GENERAL l~ru~A'l lU~:
~i) APPLICANT:
(A) NAME: THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA AS ~ l~ BY THE
SECRETARY OF THE NAVY
(B) STREET: BALLSTON TOWER ONE, 800 NORTH Q~INCY STREET
(C) CITY: ARLINGTON
(D) STATE: VIRGINIA
(E) COUNTRY: USA
(F) POSTAL CODE (ZIP): 22217 (G) TELEPHONE:
(H) TELEFAX:
(i) APPLICANT:
(A) NAME: THE REGENTS OF THE U~l~Kbl'~l OF MICHIGAN
(B) STREET: 3003 SO~TH STATE STREET, WOLVERINE TOWER, ROOM 2071 (C) CITY: ANN ARBOR
(D) STATE: MICHIGAN
(E) COUNTRY: USA
(F) POSTAL CODE (ZIP): 48109 (G) TELEPHONE:
(H) TELEFAX:
(i) APPLICANT:
(A) NAME: REPLIGEN CORPORATION
(B) STREET: ONE RENDALL SQUARE, B~ILDING 700 (C) CITY: CAMBRIDGE
(D) STATP: M~c.Q~Tc~TTS
(E) COUNTRY: ~SA
(F) POSTAL CODF (ZIP): 02139 (3) TELEPHONE: (617)225-6000 (H~ TELEFAX: ~617)494-1975 (i~ APPLICANT:
(A) NAME: DANA-FARBER CANCER INSTITUTE
~B) STREET: 44 BINNEY STREET
~C) CITY: BOSTON
~D) STATE: "~CcD~Tc~TTs ~B) CO~NTRY: USA
~F) POSTAL CODE ~ZIP): 02115 ~G) TELEPHONE:
~H) TELEFAX:
~ii) TITLE OF INVENTION: NETHODS FOR SELECTE~ELY a~ TTNr PROLIFERATION OF T-CELLS
~iii) N~MBER OF SEQUEN OES: 8 ~iv) UU~I ADDRESS:
~A) ADDRESSEE: LAHIVE ~ COCXFIELD
~B) STREET: 60 STATE STREET, SUITE 510 ~C) CITY: BOSTON
~D) STATE: MA
~E) COUNTRY: USA
~F) ZIP: 02109 ~ W09~33823 2 1 9 1 5 8 6 ~ r ~ PCTrUS9~/13782 (v) COMPUTER READABLE FORM:
(A) MEDIUM TYPE: Ploppy disk (B) COMPUTER: IBM PC compatible (c) OPERATING SYSTEM: PC-DOS/MS-DOS
(D) SOFTWARE: ASCII TEXT
(vi) CURRENT APPLICATION DATA:
(A) APPLICATION NUMBER:
(B) FILrNG DATE:
(C) CLASSIFICATION:
(vii) PRIOR APPLICATION DATA:
(A) APPLICATION NUMBER: US 08/253,751 (B) FILING DATE: 4 ~UNE 1994 (A) APPLICATION NUMBER: US 0S/253,964 (B) FILING DATE: 4 JUNE 1994 (viii) ATTORNEY/AGENT INFORMATION:
(A) NAME: r~r~r.~rr~Dq, AMY E.
(B) REGISTRATION NUMBER: 36,207 (C) REFERENCE/DOCXET NUMBER: RPI-002CPP2 (ix) Tr.~r.r..~.. 'NI~TION INFORMATION:
(A) TELEPHONE: (617) 227-7400 (B) TELEFAX: (617) 227-5941 (2) INFORMATION POR SEQ ID NO:l:
(i) SEQUENCE ~rD~rTRr~T.CTICS
(A) LENGTH: 20 amino acids (B) TYPE: amino acid (D) TOPOLOGY: li~ear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide (xi) SEQUENCE ~r.~LKlrll~N.: SEQ ID NO:1:
HiB Gl~ Phe Cys Asp His Trp Gly CYB Trp Leu Leu Arg Glu Thr His Ile Phe Thr Pro (2) lNrvKr~ll~N. FOR SEQ ID NO:2:
(i) SEQUENOE r~r~
(A) LENGTH: 20 amino acids (B) TYPE: amino acid (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MoLECrJLE TYPE: peptide W O95/33823 2 1 9 1 5 8 6 . ~ PCT~US94/13782 -(xi) SEQUEN OE ~b - KlL''llVN: SEQ ID NO:2:
5 ~eu Arg Leu Val Leu Glu Asp Pro Gly Ile Trp Leu Arg Pro Acp Tyr , 15 Phe Phe Pro Ala (2) INFORM~TION FOR SEQ ID NO:3:
(i) SE9UENCE C~D~DrT~T.~TIcs:
(A) LENGTH: 7 amino acids (B) TYPE: amino acid (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECUBE TYPE: peptide (xi) SEQUENCE LJKbUKl~llU~: SEQ ID NO:3:
Gly Cyc Trp Leu Leu Arg Glu (2) lN~'~ ' lUL~ FOR SEQ ID NO:4:
(i) SEQUENCE rnD~D~ . ~ I ~Ll - b:
(A~ LENGTE: 7 amino acidc (B) TYPE: amino acid (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide (xi) SEQUENCE L~:bUKlrllUL~: SEQ ID Nû:4:
Gly Ile Trp Leu Arg Pro Asp (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:S:
(i) SEQUENCE r~ ~ D rT~ r.cTIcs (A) LENGTU: 9 amino acid~
(B) TYPE: amino acid (D~ TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide ... . . .. , ... . ... _ ~ W O95/33823 2 1 9 i ~ 8 6 ':; i ' t - PCTiUS94/13782 ~3-(ix) FEATU~E:
(A) NAME/KEY: misc_~eature (B) LOCATION: 8 (D) OTHER INFORMATION: /label=Xaa is Asp or Glu S
(xi) SEQUEN OE J~:~O~l~ll~: SEQ ID N0:5:
Xaa Gly Xaa Trp Leu Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa s (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:6:
(i) SEQUENCE r~T~T.CTICS:
(A) LENGT~: 227 amino acids (B) TYPE: amino ac~d (D) TOPOLOGY: linear (ii) MOLECULE TYPE: peptide (xi) SEQUENOE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:6:
Pro Val Lys Gly Gly Thr Ly~ Cys Ile Lys Tyr Leu Leu Phe Gly Phe Asn Phe Ile Phe Trp Leu Ala Gly Ile Ala Val Leu Ala Ile Gly Leu Trp Leu Arg Phe Asp Ser Gln Thr Lys Ser Ile Phe Glu Gln Glu Thr35 40 45 Asn Asn Asn Asn Ser Ser Phe Tyr Thr Gly Val Tyr Ile Leu Ile Gly Ala Gly Ala Leu Met Met Leu Val Gly Phe Leu Gly Cys Cy~ Gly Ala Val Gln Glu Ser Gln Cys Met Leu Gly Leu Phe Phe Gly Phe Leu Leu Val Ile Phe Ala Ile Glu Ile Ala Ala Ala Ile Trp Gly Tyr Ser ~is loo loS llO
Lys Asp Glu Val Ile Lya Glu Val Gln Glu Phe Tyr Lys Asp Thr Tyr Asn Lys Leu Lys Thr Lys Asp Glu Pro Gln Arg Glu Thr Leu Lys Ala Ile ~is~Tyr Ala Leu Asn Cys Cys Gly Leu Ala Gly Gly Val Glu Gln Phe Ile Ser A~p Ile Cys Pro Lys Ly8 Asp Val Leu Glu Thr Phe Thr W O9~/33823 2 1 9 1 5 8 6 ~ PCTrUS9~/13782 -Val Ly6 Ser Cys Pro A6p Ala Ile Lys Glu Val Phe A6p Asn Lys Phe 180 185 ~ 190 Hi8 Ile Ile Gly Ala Val Gly Ile Gly Ile Ala~Val Val Met Ile Phe Gly Met Ile Phe Ser Met Ile Leu Cy6 Cy6 Ala Ile Arg Arg Asn Arg 210 ~ 215 220 Glu Met Val (2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:7:
~i~ SEQ~BNCB r~o~rTRoT.cTIcs (A~ LENGTH: 7 amino acid8 ~B~ TYPB: amino acid (D~ TOPOLOGY: linear (ii~ MOLBCULB TYPB: peptide (xi~ SBQUEN OE ~bU~l~llU~: SEQ ID NO:7:
Gly Leu Trp Leu Arg Phe A8p (2~ INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:8:
(i~ SEQUEN OE r~ ll b:
(A~ LBNGTH: 6 amino acid6 (B~ TYPE: amino acid (D~ TOPOLOGY: li~ear (ii~ MOLECULE TYPE: peptide (ix~ FEATURE:
(A~ = /XBY: misc_~eature (B~ Lor-ATIoN: 6 (D~ OTBBR 1~ -'TT~N: /laoel~Xaa is Asp or Glu (xi~ SEQ~BN OE J~bU~l~llU~: SBQ ID NO:8:
Gly Xaa Trp Leu Xaa Xaa
Claims
1. A method for inducing a population of CD8+ T cells to proliferate, comprising:
a) activating a population of T cells; and b) stimulating a CD9 antigen on the surface of the T cells with a ligand which binds the CD9 antigen, the activating and stimulating steps thereby inducing proliferation of the T cells.
2. The method of claim 1, wherein the population of T cells is activated by contacting the T cells with an anti-CD3 antibody.
3. The method of claim 2, wherein anti-CD3 antibody is an anti-human CD3 monoclonal antibody.
4. The method of claim 3, wherein the anti-CD3 antibody is anti-human on a solid phase surface.
5. The method of claim 1, wherein the population of T cells is activated by contacting the T cells with an anti-CD2 antibody.
6. The method of claim 1, wherein the population of T cells is activated by contacting the T cells with a protein kinase C activator and a calcium ionophore.
7. The method of claim 1, wherein the ligand binds a peptide comprising an ammo acid sequence (Xaa1)n-Gly-Xaa2-Trp-Leu-Xaa3-Xaa4-Asp(Glu)-(Xaa5)n(SEQ ID NO:5), wherein Xaa4 may or may not be present, Xaa1, Xaa2, Xaa3, Xaa4 and Xaa5 are any amino acid residue and n = 0-20.
8. The metbod of claim 7, wherein Xaa2 is Cys, Ile or Leu, Xaa3 is Leu or Arg and Xaa4, if present, is Arg, Pro or Phe.
9. The method of claim 2, wherein the ligand is a monoclonal antibody ES5.2D8.
10. The method of claim 1, further comprising contacting the T cells with an antigen or portion thereof.
11. The method of claim 1, further comprising c) monitoring proliferation of the T cells in response to continuing exposure to the ligand; and d) reactivating and restimulating the T cells when the rate of T cell proliferation has decreased to induce further proliferation of the T cells.
12. The method of claim 11, further comprising repeating the steps (c)-(d) to produce a population of T cells increased in number of from about 100- to about 100,000-fold the original T cell population.
13. The method of claim 9, further comprising c) monitoring proliferation of the T cells in response to continuing exposure to the monoclonal antibody ES5.2D8; and d) restimulating the T cells with the anti-CD3 antibody and the monoclonal antibody ES5.2D8 when the rate of T cell proliferation has decreased to induce further proliferation of the T cells.
14. The method of claim 13, further comprising repeating steps (c)-(d) to produce a population of T cells increased in number of from about 100- to about 100,000-fold the original T cell population.
15. A method for stimulating a population of CD8+T cell to proliferate, comprising a) contacting a population of T cells with (1) a first agent which stimulates a TCR/CD3 complex-associated signal in the T cells; and (2) a second agent which stimulates a CD9 antigen on the surface of the T cells.
16. The method of claim 15, wherein the first agent is an anti-CD3 antibody.
17. The method of claim 16, wherein anti-CD3 antibody is an anti-human CD3 monoclonal antibody.
18. The method of claim 17, wherein the anti-CD3 antibody is immobilized on a solid phase surface.
19. The method of claim 15, wherein the second agent is a ligand which binds a peptide comprising an amino acid sequence (Xaa1)n-Gly-Xaa2-Trp-Leu-Xaa3-Xaa4-Asp(Glu)-(Xaa5)n(SEQ ID NO: 5), wherein Xaa4 may or may not be present, Xaa1, Xaa2, Xaa3, Xaa4 and Xaa5 are amy amino acid residue amd n = 0-20.
20. The method of claim 19, wherein Xaa2 is Cys, Ile or Leu, Xaa3 is Leu or Arg and Xaa4, if present, is Arg, Pro or Phe.
21. The method of claim 16, wherein the second agent is a monoclonal antibody ES5.2D8.
22. The method of claim 16, further comprising:
b) separating tne anti-CD3 antibody from the T cells amd second agent;
c) monitoring proliferation of the T cells in response to continuing exposure to the second agent; and d) restimulating tne T cells with the anti-CD3 antibody and the second agent when the rate of T cell proliferation has decreased to induce further proliferation of the T cells.
23. The method of claim 22, further comprising repeating steps (b)-(d) to produce a population of T cells increased in number of from about 100- to about 100,000-fold the original T cell population.
24. A metnod for stimulating a population of CD8+ T cells to proliferate, comprising:
a) contacting tne population of T cells with an anti-CD3 antibody and a ligand wnich binds a CD9 antigen on activated T cells, under conditions appropriate for proliferation of the T cells;
b) separating the anti-CD3 antibody from the T cells and the ligand;
c) monitoring proliferation of tne T cells in response to continuing exposure to the ligand; and d) restimulating the T cells witn the anti-CD3 antibody and the ligand when T cell proliferation has decreased to induce further proliferation of tne T cells.
25. The method of claim 24, further comprising repeating steps (b)-(d) to produce a population of T cells increased in number of from about 100- to about 100,000-fold the original T cell population.
26. The method of claim 24, wherein the ligand binds a peptide comprising an amino acid sequence (Xaa2)n-Gly-Xaa2-Trp-Leu-Xaa3-Xaa4-Asp(Glu)-(Xaa5)n(SEQ ID NO:5), wherein Xaa4 may or may not be present, Xaa1, Xaa2, Xaa3, Xaa4 and Xaa5 are any amino acid residue and n = 0-20.
27. The method of claim 26, wherein Xaa2 is Cys, Ile or Leu, Xaa3 is Leu or Arg and Xaa4, if present, is Arg, Pro or Phe.
28. The method of claim 25, wherein the anti-CD3 antibody is OKT3 and the ligand is a monoclonal antibody ES5.2D8.
29. The method of claim 24, wherein the population of CD8+T cells is tumor infiltrating lymphocytes obtained from an individual afflicted with cancer and the method further comprises restoring the T cells to the individual.
30. The method of claim 29, further comprising genetically transducing the T cells and restoring the transduced T cells to an individual.
31. A substantially homogeneous CD8+T cell population produced by the method of claim 25, wherein the population of T cells of step (a) is obtained from an individual.
32. A method for stimulating a population of CD8+T cells to proliferate, comprising:
a) obtaining peripheral blood leukocytes from an individual;
b) isolating a population of CD8+T cells from the peripheral blood leukocytes by negative selection with a combination of antibodies directed to surface markers unique to the cells negatively selected;
c) contacting the population of CD8+T cells with an anti-CD3 antibody immobilized on a solid phase and a ligand which binds a CD9 antigen present on activated T
cells, under conditions appropriate for stimulating proliferation of the T cells;
d) separating the anti-CD3 antibody from the T cells and the ligand;
e) monitoring proliferation of the T cells in response to continuing exposure to the ligand by examining cell size; and f) restimulating T cells with the anti-CD3 antibody and the ligand when T cell size has decreased to induce further proliferation of the T cells.
33. The method of claim 32, further comprising repeating steps (d)-(f) to produce a population of CD8+T cells increased in number of from about 100- to about 100,000-fold the original T cell population.
34. The method of claim 32, wherein the ligand binds a peptide comprising an amino acid sequence (Xaa1)n-Gly-Xaa2-Trp-Leu-Xaa3-Xaa4-Asp(Glu)-(Xaa5)n(SEQ ID NO:5), wherein Xaa4 may or may not be present, Xaa1, Xaa2, Xaa3, Xaa4 and Xaa5 are any amino acid residue and n = 0-20.
35. The method of claim 34, wherein Xaa2 is Cys, Ile or Leu, Xaa3 is Leu or Arg and Xaa4, if present, is Arg, Pro or Phe.
36. The method of claim 32, wherein the anti-CD3 antibody is OKT3 and the ligand is a monoclonal antibody ES5.2D8.
37. The method of claim 32, wherein the population of CD8+T cells is tumor infiltrating lymphocytes obtained from an individual afflicted with cancer and the method further comprises restoring the T cells to the individual.
45. A monoclonal antibody which specifically binds a CD9 antigen present on activated T cells, thereby stimulating the proliferation of the activated T cells.
46. The monoclonal antibody of claim 45, which specifically binds a peptide comprising an amino acid sequence (Xaa1)n-Gly-Xaa2-Trp-Leu-Xaa3-Xaa4-Asp(Glu)-(Xaa5)n(SEQ ID N0:5), wherein Xaa4 may or may not be present, Xaa1, Xaa2, Xaa3, Xaa4 and Xaa5 are any amino acid residue and n = 0-20.
47. The monoclonal antibody of claim 46, wherein Xaa2 is Cys, Ile or Leu, Xaa3 is Leu or Arg and Xaa4, if present, is Arg, Pro or Phe.
48. A hybridoma designated by ATCC Accession No. HB11374.
49. A monoclonal antibody produced by the hybridoma of claim 48.
50. An isolated peptide comprising an amino acid sequence (Xaa1)n-Gly-Xaa2-Trp-Leu-Xaa3-Xaa4-Asp(Glu)-(Xaa5)n(SEQ ID N0:5), wherein Xaa4 may or may not be present, Xaa1, Xaa2, Xaa3, Xaa4 and Xaa5 are any amino acid residue and n = 0-20.
51. The isolated peptide of claim 50, wherein Xaa2 is Cys, Ile or Leu, Xaa3 is Leu or Arg and Xaa4, if present is Arg, Pro or Phe.
a) activating a population of T cells; and b) stimulating a CD9 antigen on the surface of the T cells with a ligand which binds the CD9 antigen, the activating and stimulating steps thereby inducing proliferation of the T cells.
2. The method of claim 1, wherein the population of T cells is activated by contacting the T cells with an anti-CD3 antibody.
3. The method of claim 2, wherein anti-CD3 antibody is an anti-human CD3 monoclonal antibody.
4. The method of claim 3, wherein the anti-CD3 antibody is anti-human on a solid phase surface.
5. The method of claim 1, wherein the population of T cells is activated by contacting the T cells with an anti-CD2 antibody.
6. The method of claim 1, wherein the population of T cells is activated by contacting the T cells with a protein kinase C activator and a calcium ionophore.
7. The method of claim 1, wherein the ligand binds a peptide comprising an ammo acid sequence (Xaa1)n-Gly-Xaa2-Trp-Leu-Xaa3-Xaa4-Asp(Glu)-(Xaa5)n(SEQ ID NO:5), wherein Xaa4 may or may not be present, Xaa1, Xaa2, Xaa3, Xaa4 and Xaa5 are any amino acid residue and n = 0-20.
8. The metbod of claim 7, wherein Xaa2 is Cys, Ile or Leu, Xaa3 is Leu or Arg and Xaa4, if present, is Arg, Pro or Phe.
9. The method of claim 2, wherein the ligand is a monoclonal antibody ES5.2D8.
10. The method of claim 1, further comprising contacting the T cells with an antigen or portion thereof.
11. The method of claim 1, further comprising c) monitoring proliferation of the T cells in response to continuing exposure to the ligand; and d) reactivating and restimulating the T cells when the rate of T cell proliferation has decreased to induce further proliferation of the T cells.
12. The method of claim 11, further comprising repeating the steps (c)-(d) to produce a population of T cells increased in number of from about 100- to about 100,000-fold the original T cell population.
13. The method of claim 9, further comprising c) monitoring proliferation of the T cells in response to continuing exposure to the monoclonal antibody ES5.2D8; and d) restimulating the T cells with the anti-CD3 antibody and the monoclonal antibody ES5.2D8 when the rate of T cell proliferation has decreased to induce further proliferation of the T cells.
14. The method of claim 13, further comprising repeating steps (c)-(d) to produce a population of T cells increased in number of from about 100- to about 100,000-fold the original T cell population.
15. A method for stimulating a population of CD8+T cell to proliferate, comprising a) contacting a population of T cells with (1) a first agent which stimulates a TCR/CD3 complex-associated signal in the T cells; and (2) a second agent which stimulates a CD9 antigen on the surface of the T cells.
16. The method of claim 15, wherein the first agent is an anti-CD3 antibody.
17. The method of claim 16, wherein anti-CD3 antibody is an anti-human CD3 monoclonal antibody.
18. The method of claim 17, wherein the anti-CD3 antibody is immobilized on a solid phase surface.
19. The method of claim 15, wherein the second agent is a ligand which binds a peptide comprising an amino acid sequence (Xaa1)n-Gly-Xaa2-Trp-Leu-Xaa3-Xaa4-Asp(Glu)-(Xaa5)n(SEQ ID NO: 5), wherein Xaa4 may or may not be present, Xaa1, Xaa2, Xaa3, Xaa4 and Xaa5 are amy amino acid residue amd n = 0-20.
20. The method of claim 19, wherein Xaa2 is Cys, Ile or Leu, Xaa3 is Leu or Arg and Xaa4, if present, is Arg, Pro or Phe.
21. The method of claim 16, wherein the second agent is a monoclonal antibody ES5.2D8.
22. The method of claim 16, further comprising:
b) separating tne anti-CD3 antibody from the T cells amd second agent;
c) monitoring proliferation of the T cells in response to continuing exposure to the second agent; and d) restimulating tne T cells with the anti-CD3 antibody and the second agent when the rate of T cell proliferation has decreased to induce further proliferation of the T cells.
23. The method of claim 22, further comprising repeating steps (b)-(d) to produce a population of T cells increased in number of from about 100- to about 100,000-fold the original T cell population.
24. A metnod for stimulating a population of CD8+ T cells to proliferate, comprising:
a) contacting tne population of T cells with an anti-CD3 antibody and a ligand wnich binds a CD9 antigen on activated T cells, under conditions appropriate for proliferation of the T cells;
b) separating the anti-CD3 antibody from the T cells and the ligand;
c) monitoring proliferation of tne T cells in response to continuing exposure to the ligand; and d) restimulating the T cells witn the anti-CD3 antibody and the ligand when T cell proliferation has decreased to induce further proliferation of tne T cells.
25. The method of claim 24, further comprising repeating steps (b)-(d) to produce a population of T cells increased in number of from about 100- to about 100,000-fold the original T cell population.
26. The method of claim 24, wherein the ligand binds a peptide comprising an amino acid sequence (Xaa2)n-Gly-Xaa2-Trp-Leu-Xaa3-Xaa4-Asp(Glu)-(Xaa5)n(SEQ ID NO:5), wherein Xaa4 may or may not be present, Xaa1, Xaa2, Xaa3, Xaa4 and Xaa5 are any amino acid residue and n = 0-20.
27. The method of claim 26, wherein Xaa2 is Cys, Ile or Leu, Xaa3 is Leu or Arg and Xaa4, if present, is Arg, Pro or Phe.
28. The method of claim 25, wherein the anti-CD3 antibody is OKT3 and the ligand is a monoclonal antibody ES5.2D8.
29. The method of claim 24, wherein the population of CD8+T cells is tumor infiltrating lymphocytes obtained from an individual afflicted with cancer and the method further comprises restoring the T cells to the individual.
30. The method of claim 29, further comprising genetically transducing the T cells and restoring the transduced T cells to an individual.
31. A substantially homogeneous CD8+T cell population produced by the method of claim 25, wherein the population of T cells of step (a) is obtained from an individual.
32. A method for stimulating a population of CD8+T cells to proliferate, comprising:
a) obtaining peripheral blood leukocytes from an individual;
b) isolating a population of CD8+T cells from the peripheral blood leukocytes by negative selection with a combination of antibodies directed to surface markers unique to the cells negatively selected;
c) contacting the population of CD8+T cells with an anti-CD3 antibody immobilized on a solid phase and a ligand which binds a CD9 antigen present on activated T
cells, under conditions appropriate for stimulating proliferation of the T cells;
d) separating the anti-CD3 antibody from the T cells and the ligand;
e) monitoring proliferation of the T cells in response to continuing exposure to the ligand by examining cell size; and f) restimulating T cells with the anti-CD3 antibody and the ligand when T cell size has decreased to induce further proliferation of the T cells.
33. The method of claim 32, further comprising repeating steps (d)-(f) to produce a population of CD8+T cells increased in number of from about 100- to about 100,000-fold the original T cell population.
34. The method of claim 32, wherein the ligand binds a peptide comprising an amino acid sequence (Xaa1)n-Gly-Xaa2-Trp-Leu-Xaa3-Xaa4-Asp(Glu)-(Xaa5)n(SEQ ID NO:5), wherein Xaa4 may or may not be present, Xaa1, Xaa2, Xaa3, Xaa4 and Xaa5 are any amino acid residue and n = 0-20.
35. The method of claim 34, wherein Xaa2 is Cys, Ile or Leu, Xaa3 is Leu or Arg and Xaa4, if present, is Arg, Pro or Phe.
36. The method of claim 32, wherein the anti-CD3 antibody is OKT3 and the ligand is a monoclonal antibody ES5.2D8.
37. The method of claim 32, wherein the population of CD8+T cells is tumor infiltrating lymphocytes obtained from an individual afflicted with cancer and the method further comprises restoring the T cells to the individual.
45. A monoclonal antibody which specifically binds a CD9 antigen present on activated T cells, thereby stimulating the proliferation of the activated T cells.
46. The monoclonal antibody of claim 45, which specifically binds a peptide comprising an amino acid sequence (Xaa1)n-Gly-Xaa2-Trp-Leu-Xaa3-Xaa4-Asp(Glu)-(Xaa5)n(SEQ ID N0:5), wherein Xaa4 may or may not be present, Xaa1, Xaa2, Xaa3, Xaa4 and Xaa5 are any amino acid residue and n = 0-20.
47. The monoclonal antibody of claim 46, wherein Xaa2 is Cys, Ile or Leu, Xaa3 is Leu or Arg and Xaa4, if present, is Arg, Pro or Phe.
48. A hybridoma designated by ATCC Accession No. HB11374.
49. A monoclonal antibody produced by the hybridoma of claim 48.
50. An isolated peptide comprising an amino acid sequence (Xaa1)n-Gly-Xaa2-Trp-Leu-Xaa3-Xaa4-Asp(Glu)-(Xaa5)n(SEQ ID N0:5), wherein Xaa4 may or may not be present, Xaa1, Xaa2, Xaa3, Xaa4 and Xaa5 are any amino acid residue and n = 0-20.
51. The isolated peptide of claim 50, wherein Xaa2 is Cys, Ile or Leu, Xaa3 is Leu or Arg and Xaa4, if present is Arg, Pro or Phe.
Applications Claiming Priority (4)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US25396494A | 1994-06-03 | 1994-06-03 | |
US08/253,751 | 1994-06-03 | ||
US08/253,964 | 1994-06-03 | ||
US08/253,751 US5858358A (en) | 1992-04-07 | 1994-06-03 | Methods for selectively stimulating proliferation of T cells |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
CA2191586A1 true CA2191586A1 (en) | 1995-12-14 |
Family
ID=26943527
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
CA002191586A Abandoned CA2191586A1 (en) | 1994-06-03 | 1994-12-01 | Methods for selectively stimulating proliferation of t cells |
Country Status (5)
Country | Link |
---|---|
EP (1) | EP0764203A1 (en) |
JP (1) | JPH10504703A (en) |
AU (3) | AU1333195A (en) |
CA (1) | CA2191586A1 (en) |
WO (1) | WO1995033823A1 (en) |
Families Citing this family (31)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US7479269B2 (en) | 1988-11-23 | 2009-01-20 | Genetics Institute, Llc | Methods for selectively enriching TH1 and TH2 cells |
US6905680B2 (en) | 1988-11-23 | 2005-06-14 | Genetics Institute, Inc. | Methods of treating HIV infected subjects |
US6534055B1 (en) | 1988-11-23 | 2003-03-18 | Genetics Institute, Inc. | Methods for selectively stimulating proliferation of T cells |
US6887471B1 (en) | 1991-06-27 | 2005-05-03 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | Method to inhibit T cell interactions with soluble B7 |
US7175843B2 (en) | 1994-06-03 | 2007-02-13 | Genetics Institute, Llc | Methods for selectively stimulating proliferation of T cells |
WO1996034970A1 (en) * | 1995-05-04 | 1996-11-07 | United States Of America, Represented By The Secretary Of The Navy | Improved methods for transfecting t cells |
US6692964B1 (en) | 1995-05-04 | 2004-02-17 | The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of The Navy | Methods for transfecting T cells |
US7067318B2 (en) | 1995-06-07 | 2006-06-27 | The Regents Of The University Of Michigan | Methods for transfecting T cells |
US7927595B1 (en) * | 1997-02-21 | 2011-04-19 | The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of The Navy | Methods for downregulating CCR5 in T cells with anti-CD3 antibodies and anti-CD28 antibodies |
JP2001512689A (en) * | 1997-08-11 | 2001-08-28 | カイロン コーポレイション | Methods for genetically modifying T cells |
GB9907366D0 (en) * | 1999-03-30 | 1999-05-26 | Medical Res Council | Method for expressing proteins |
US6828302B1 (en) | 1999-12-08 | 2004-12-07 | Xcyte Therapies, Inc. | Therapeutic uses of depsipeptides and congeners thereof |
ATE470447T1 (en) | 1999-12-08 | 2010-06-15 | Cyclacel Pharmaceuticals Inc | DEPSIPETIDE AND CONGENERS THEREOF FOR USE AS IMMUNOSUPRESSIVES FOR THE PREVENTION AND TREATMENT OF REJECTION REACTIONS AS A RESULT OF TRANSPLANTATION AND FOR THE INDUCTION OF APOPTOSIS IN ACTIVATED CD4 OR CD8 T CELLS |
US20030119185A1 (en) | 2000-02-24 | 2003-06-26 | Xcyte Therapies, Inc. | Activation and expansion of cells |
US20040022787A1 (en) | 2000-07-03 | 2004-02-05 | Robert Cohen | Methods for treating an autoimmune disease using a soluble CTLA4 molecule and a DMARD or NSAID |
HU226847B1 (en) | 2000-07-03 | 2009-12-28 | Bristol Myers Squibb Co | Use of soluble ctla4 molecules for treating of rheumatoid arthritis |
CZ305380B6 (en) | 2001-05-23 | 2015-08-26 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | Medicament for inhibiting rejection of transplanted cells of pancreas islets |
US7718196B2 (en) | 2001-07-02 | 2010-05-18 | The United States Of America, As Represented By The Department Of Health And Human Services | Rapamycin-resistant T cells and therapeutic uses thereof |
US7745140B2 (en) | 2002-01-03 | 2010-06-29 | The Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania | Activation and expansion of T-cells using an engineered multivalent signaling platform as a research tool |
AU2003202908A1 (en) | 2002-01-03 | 2003-07-24 | The Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania | Activation and expansion of t-cells using an engineered multivalent signaling platform |
US7638326B2 (en) | 2002-01-03 | 2009-12-29 | The Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania | Activation and expansion of T-cells using an engineered multivalent signaling platform |
JP2005517025A (en) | 2002-02-08 | 2005-06-09 | エクサイト セラピーズ, インコーポレイテッド | Compositions and methods for restoring immune responsiveness in patients with immunological deficiencies |
US20050084967A1 (en) | 2002-06-28 | 2005-04-21 | Xcyte Therapies, Inc. | Compositions and methods for eliminating undesired subpopulations of T cells in patients with immunological defects related to autoimmunity and organ or hematopoietic stem cell transplantation |
SI2573166T1 (en) * | 2004-02-26 | 2016-09-30 | Immunovative Therapies, Ltd. | Methods for preparing T-cells for cell therapy |
CA2530514C (en) * | 2004-03-01 | 2017-01-31 | Immunovative Therapies, Ltd. | Cell therapy formulation method and composition |
US7754482B2 (en) | 2004-05-27 | 2010-07-13 | The Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania | Artificial antigen presenting cells and uses therefor |
JP5030109B2 (en) * | 2008-12-18 | 2012-09-19 | 国立大学法人 東京医科歯科大学 | Immune power evaluation method, apparatus, and program |
JP6998763B2 (en) * | 2014-09-04 | 2022-02-04 | ステムセル テクノロジーズ インコーポレーティッド | Soluble antibody complex for activating and increasing T cells or NK cells |
WO2017119811A1 (en) | 2016-01-08 | 2017-07-13 | Aimm Therapeutics B.V. | Therapeutic anti-cd9 antibody |
US10294454B2 (en) * | 2016-08-24 | 2019-05-21 | General Electric Company | Methods and kits for cell activation |
US20220229072A1 (en) | 2019-06-04 | 2022-07-21 | INSERM (Institut National de la Santé et de la Recherche Médicale) | Use of cd9 as a biomarker and as a biotarget in glomerulonephritis or glomerulosclerosis |
Family Cites Families (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JPH05268986A (en) * | 1990-03-19 | 1993-10-19 | Bristol Myers Squibb Co | Monoclonal antibody and activation of lymphocyte |
DE69434342T2 (en) * | 1993-06-04 | 2006-03-16 | The United States Of America Represented By The Secretary Of The Navy | Method for the selective stimulation of T cell proliferation. |
-
1994
- 1994-12-01 CA CA002191586A patent/CA2191586A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 1994-12-01 EP EP95904778A patent/EP0764203A1/en not_active Withdrawn
- 1994-12-01 AU AU13331/95A patent/AU1333195A/en not_active Abandoned
- 1994-12-01 WO PCT/US1994/013782 patent/WO1995033823A1/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 1994-12-01 JP JP8500806A patent/JPH10504703A/en not_active Ceased
-
1999
- 1999-08-03 AU AU42456/99A patent/AU4245699A/en not_active Abandoned
-
2001
- 2001-10-08 AU AU78254/01A patent/AU7825401A/en not_active Abandoned
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
AU4245699A (en) | 1999-10-21 |
WO1995033823A1 (en) | 1995-12-14 |
EP0764203A1 (en) | 1997-03-26 |
JPH10504703A (en) | 1998-05-12 |
AU1333195A (en) | 1996-01-04 |
AU7825401A (en) | 2001-12-13 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
CA2191586A1 (en) | Methods for selectively stimulating proliferation of t cells | |
US5858358A (en) | Methods for selectively stimulating proliferation of T cells | |
US7175843B2 (en) | Methods for selectively stimulating proliferation of T cells | |
EP0700430B1 (en) | Methods for selectively stimulating proliferation of t cells | |
US6905681B1 (en) | Methods for selectively stimulating proliferation of T cells | |
US7144575B2 (en) | Methods for selectively stimulating proliferation of T cells | |
US7232566B2 (en) | Methods for treating HIV infected subjects | |
US20090155836A1 (en) | Methods for treating hiv infected subjects | |
US20020076407A1 (en) | Method for selectively stimulating proliferation of t cells | |
AU2006200028B2 (en) | Methods for selectively stimulating proliferation of T cells (D3) | |
AU2003257530B8 (en) | Methods for selectively stimulating proliferation of T cells (D1) | |
AU765876B2 (en) | Methods for selectively stimulating proliferation of T cells | |
AU2003257877B2 (en) | Methods for selectively stimulating proliferation of T cells (D2) | |
AU727438B2 (en) | Methods for selectively stimulating proliferation of T cells |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
EEER | Examination request | ||
FZDE | Discontinued |